Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

Book III – Methodology of Madness

“Ideas are like rabbits. You get a couple and learn how to handle them, and pretty soon you have a dozen.”
— John Steinbeck

31 – Ja Sam Wetchie-Ghuy

“And what do you make of this?” Triquet pushes their taped-up photo across the table before Morska Vidra. The elder stares at the image of the Tlingit tapestry, carved bone fishing spear, and word written in Cyrillic that Triquet has reconstructed.

Morska Vidra studies the photo in sad silence.

“Ji-na-háa.” Katrina sounds out the Cyrillic letters phonetically. But the word is unbearable to the old Lisican and he leans away from her, blanching. Finally he murmurs an answer.

“What’s that? Could you repeat, uh… povtori pozhaluysta?”

Morska Vidra speaks a few more broken sentences. “Something like, he’s only seen these once as a kid. The people who are beyond the river. They have them? These are their artifacts?” Katrina picks up the photo and mimes giving it to people in the interior of the island.

Morska Vidra only falls silent. He glares at her, apparently resentful that she brought it up.

“Ji-da-daa,” Katrina repeats. “I want to learn what that is. It seems to be key to the whole…”

But repeating the word is too much for Morska Vidra. With an outraged chuff he pulls himself awkwardly from the unfamiliar camp chair and stalks away, toward the creek. He does not return.

“Oops!” Katrina squeaks. “Sorry! God, this is just so… random. There’s this whole perspective shift thing I still do not get at all. Like in Lisican you’re not an actual being. You’re just a collection of other people’s impressions of you, who you’re related to, where you stand, where you’re going. It’s all very postmodern I guess.”

“Sounds like Plexity.” Alonso’s voice comes from the far side of his big platform. “Environment is everything. I think maybe I’ve gotten these people wrong. Perhaps they are very wise.”

“I guess it makes sense if you think about it,” Katrina continues, while Triquet studies the photo with frustration. “Maybe we all started with this kind of deep subjectivity. But how did we ever disconnect from thinking about the world that way? Imagine everybody understands that they’re all part of the web, right? And then one day some absolute psycho shows up and says, Fuck that. I’m only me. And I’m holy. And I’m in charge. And I’m not connected to any of you bitches or anything in the whole world around me. I mean, what an absolute bloody narcissist.”

Alonso laughs. “Context. It’s all context. We live in a data-rich age of context, right, Katrina?”

“You know, we did this breakout session at one of the security conferences I attended,” Katrina tells them, “where we had to try to re-imagine law and justice to be more fair. And they all got into how laws could be more universally applied. But I was like, hold up, that’s retrograde thinking. Three hundred years old. Our ancestors conceived of universal justice like that because they couldn’t see how to do it better. But we can. My idea is that each punishment or rehabilitation strategy should instead be tailored to each criminal as specifically as possible. Context, yeh. So I proposed that each person gets an official profile, open-sourced and secure, and we assign hundreds of numerical values to a whole spectrum of factors: upbringing, job, education, intent when committing the crime, you know, any amount of remorse… and then we use that profile and a shit ton of machine learning to construct a custom solution for every perpetrator.”

“I mean, isn’t this what we’re already doing?” Triquet sighs in surrender and puts the photo back in its manila folder. “Apart from your creepy digital profile idea, I mean, isn’t this what the justice system already does? At least it’s supposed to. It gives weight to things like background. In most countries at least, right? There’s steps to this. Pre-trial hearings. Jury of your peers. Sentencing. They already take things like intent and remorse into account. We don’t need a robot deciding who goes to jail or not.”

“Yeh, it wasn’t very popular at the conference, either. But I’m just talking about deriving more nuanced solutions for each crime. It’s all context now. That’s all I’m saying. I mean, you’ve heard of personalized medicine, yeh? Same concept. Individualize diagnosis and treatment, with increased efficacy that drives down the price. Everything’s data science now. Everything.”

This conversation is straying into territory that Alonso has hardly ever allowed himself to seriously consider. But the wild ideas he gets at night right before he falls asleep suddenly seem a little less wild. “She is right. This young generation will forever be known as the great collectors. Everything is about input now. We aren’t even really collating the data yet. That will be the goal of the next generation. Now is when we record the richness of life on this planet before it vanishes completely. Details, and the patterns within the details. That is our gold. And then, who knows, in a few hundred years, after the world has finished burning, it will be these records we are making right now that will bring all the life back.”

“Ji-da-daa…” Katrina repeats it again, looking up the word in first her Eyat then her Tlingit vocabulary lists. “I mean, there’s ‘jinduháayi,’ which means post office, or more precisely, ‘Building, around paper, delivered by hand.’ See what I mean? That’s some convoluted bullshit there. Or, ‘jinkaat,’ which is their number for ten, but specifically means, ‘hands facing each other.’ Whoa.” She drops her hands, helpless. “I’m sorry, Triq. This was supposed to answer a bunch of questions, but instead…”

Triquet stands, shrugging philosophically. “We just get more questions. It’s the way of the world, little sister.” They kiss the top of Katrina’s head and collect their things.

The door to the bunker opens. Esquibel stands in the frame. “What is this I hear about one of the Lisicans visiting us?”

Katrina falls back against her chair. “He’s already gone.”

“What? Why? We need one of them to look at Pradeep! He’s been poisoned or something! How did you just let him go?”

“Oh. Ack. Sorry. You’re right.” Katrina stands. “I’ll go find him. He went this way. Just… Ugh. I’ll be right back.” She hurries away.

Triquet grimaces in apology. “Sorry, Doc. It was my fault. I’m just trying to solve all these mysteries.”

“Yes, well…” Esquibel tries to find something to say that won’t indicate how very cross she is. “Me too.”

Ξ

“Okay, Pradeep. We’re going to roll over on three, okay?” Mandy holds his legs. Esquibel grips his shoulders. Maahjabeen still won’t release her full-body embrace.

The Lisican woman they refer to as the Mayor stands in a corner of the clean room, frowning terribly. Katrina hadn’t been able to find Morska Vidra, following his trail all the way back through the creekside tunnels to the village. But she had implored the Mayor to return with her. She suspects the woman might even understand a bit what is needed. Now Mandy and Maahjabeen and Esquibel all wear masks and gloves, their delirious patient fighting for breath.

Pradeep groans, a weak wet sound, phlegm rattling in his throat. They roll him over so Maahjabeen is on her back with him above. Esquibel pulls up his shirt, revealing the fox’s profile of angry red and black dots and the swelling at the base of his spine.

The Mayor pulls back with a hiss, like she’s seen a viper. She looks at each of them with wide-eyed outrage, pointing the tip of her thumb at each while intoning a chant.

“What is it? What?” Esquibel begs the woman.

“Lisica, yes?” Katrina prods her, outlining the shape of the fox’s head on his skin with her finger.

But the Mayor disagrees vociferously, her words coming in such a clashing rush that Katrina can’t follow. She fumbles her phone out and begins recording just as the Mayor’s speech ends.

“Okay. Got it. I mean, I didn’t get any of it, but I got that this isn’t Lisica. No. This is… some other fox then? I’m so confused.”

The Mayor is very upset with them. She begins lecturing, Katrina recording. The Mayor picks up the closest items off Esquibel’s bins, a short stack of paper. She tosses them to the ground, indicating that they are useless. Then with a loud wordless yell—Ayo! she leans over Pradeep, resting her elbow in the middle of his back. The Mayor puts her weight behind her elbow and presses until he expels his breath, a bubbling wetness. She presses harder and he expels more, finally ending with a trickle of milky brown rheum trickling from his chin. The Mayor stands back and points at it, careful not to touch it. “Kadziyiki.” She repeats the word again and again until Katrina echoes it.

“What is that?” Esquibel inspects the discharge, but the Mayor draws the doctor’s hand away before she can touch it. So she looks at it through her otoscope from a handspan’s distance. “Fine. I won’t touch it, I promise. But I should get a sample for testing…”

“Let’s see. Kadziyiki means…” Katrina scrolls through her vocabulary list. “Mud. A swamp place.” She points at Pradeep’s belly and repeats the word.

As confirmation, the Mayor repeats the word as well.

“I think she’s saying it’s magic of some kind or other. A curse.”

“Why would Wetchie-ghuy do this?” Katrina asks.

The name stops the Mayor in mid-sentence. She bares her teeth in an involuntary show of disgust and makes it clear with words and gestures that Pradeep’s illness is not the work of Wetchie-ghuy. But a new thought appears to interrupt her and after a long moment of consideration she repeats the name. “Wetchie-ghuy…”

Mandy releases Pradeep’s feet and shakes her hands to get his illness off them. The nausea seeping into her immediately fades. “Uh, then what if we get that Wetchie-ghuy guy to help Pradeep?”

Esquibel holds up an importuning hand. “Wait. As your doctor, I am not in favor of this idea.”

“Oh, because you’ve still got so many ideas of your own?” Mandy giggles to take the sting out of her words, but Esquibel scowls at her regardless. “I mean, if it’s some weird infectious fluid, wouldn’t we rather have them deal with it instead of us anyway?”

“I think we’ve got a bigger problem than that,” Katrina says. “How can we bring Wetchie-ghuy into camp without Flavia losing her mind?”

Esquibel demands, “I will not allow some—some herbalist to treat one of my patients. Especially since we know he is hostile. Or is she perhaps not saying that Wetchie-ghuy is responsible for doing this? That is crazy to think there might be another one. I mean, how many shamans does an island this size need?”

“Pradeep…” Maahjabeen murmurs. The others fall silent and she blushes. “Mahbub. I need to go to the trenches. I will be…”

Pradeep groans. His eyelids flutter. He seems to struggle at the edge of consciousness, unable to break through.

“I am so sorry. I’ve been holding it for hours…”

“That’s fine,” Katrina says. “I can wrap him up for a bit. You go take care of yourself. Maybe grab a bite.”

“No. I can’t.” Maahjabeen gasps when she releases her embrace. She’d forgotten how newly healed her shoulders are and now they scream as she moves them. Pradeep is unmoving. She slides out from under him, the pain and the heartache making her sob.

The Mayor watches her, stone-faced. Maahjabeen locks eyes with her and vows that she will not show another sign of weakness to this cypher of a woman. Maahjabeen can be stoic. Just watch.

Mandy and Katrina pull her free and she stands, clamping her mouth shut. She is still staring at the Mayor, whose black eyes seem to possess a reservoir of strength that Maahjabeen can access. Now she realizes the Lisican woman isn’t judging her, but silently lending her support.

Katrina scoots into position. “So… just like give him a good cuddle? Anything I should know? Any places I shouldn’t touch?”

Mandy giggles.

Maahjabeen can’t wait any longer. Her mind has no space for the prospect of beautiful blonde Katrina wrapping herself around Pradeep and nursing him while Maahjabeen departs. But the jealousy she expects doesn’t appear. Only a tired gratitude for Katrina and a screaming terror of worry for Pradeep. She pushes herself through the plastic sheets of the clean room, determined to do this as fast as possible.

Katrina lies down beside Pradeep. “Come here, luv.” She wraps herself around him, drawing him over her like a blanket. His sandalwood scent, which she had found so attractive before, has now turned sour. She recalls their spider hunt in the bushes, when she had such a strong impulse to kiss him that she’d kissed Mandy instead. Now she has no desire for this ailing man. But isn’t this when he needs her affection the most? She turns her face and kisses his ear, softly, with real tenderness, and breathes through her nose into the nape of his neck. Somewhere deep inside he quivers but his limbs are so heavy they’re nearly rigid. Poor bloke. What had he and Maahjabeen done out there to deserve this?

Suddenly a sharp wrongness knifes through Katrina. Horror fills her. “Wait. Esquibel. I don’t think he’s breathing. I…”

Esquibel curses and with a strong hand pulls Pradeep away from Katrina, who shifts herself entirely off the cot onto the floor. Esquibel rolls him onto his back and straddles his prostrate form. She pulls her mask off and points at the Mayor, “Get that woman out of here!” before beginning a strenuous round of CPR and mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.

Ξ

An hour later, a muddy Amy finds Mandy at the camp’s kitchen tables, fixing a pot of tea. “Could I get one of those?” Amy has already cleaned her hands in the creek before returning to camp but she still pinches the handle of a mug daintily, afraid the mud on her sleeve might touch it.

“Of course. What’d you do? You look like something the cat dragged in.” Mandy fills Amy’s cup with steaming green tea.

“I was in your elevator shaft.”

“You were?” Now Amy has Mandy’s full attention. “What were you doing in there?”

“Figuring out how to get to the top.”

“Oh my god. Really? And did you? Oh, please… That would be so… I mean, why? Why do you even want to get to the top?”

“I’ve got to find Jay, Mandy. As soon as possible. We have no idea how much danger he might be in. He’s my responsibility. My grad student. But I can’t even cross the fucking village to get to the trailhead he took. They won’t let me. So I need to find another way into the interior. Or my time here will be an entire waste. No. Worse than that. I swear to god if I have to go back home without Jay or Pradeep I’ll just…” Amy suddenly dissolves in tears.

Mandy catches the blocky little woman in her arms and kisses the top of her head. “Oh… Oh, no… He’s fine. I’m sure of it. Jay’s like some super outdoorsman. Living outside here is a snap for someone like him. And Pradeep…” She has no words for his condition. Esquibel had barely been able to bring him back from the brink last time, and he hadn’t stabilized until Mandy had gone to find Maahjabeen, who raced back to wrap her beloved once more in her arms. Instead, she tries to change the subject with gossip. “So. Did you know Maahjabeen and Pradeep were a thing? Or did everyone know but me?”

That stops Amy’s tears. Her breath catches in her throat. “They what? What kind of thing? What are you talking about? No, honey. I’m pretty sure Pradeep is a virgin.”

“Well maybe that’s what Maahjabeen loves so much about him. His purity. Katrina said she found them one night last week. She was in his bed. Isn’t that sweet?”

“Really? Sweet, uh, yeah…” For some reason, Amy can’t process this new information. It’s just so unlikely. “I’m not sure if, I mean, I don’t know if Maahjabeen is really introductory girlfriend material, know what I mean? And why’d he hide it from me of all people? Just… Seriously? Are you sure?”

“Maahjabeen won’t let anyone else hold him. She said it’s their love that’s keeping him alive. And after he coded last time she let go we’re inclined to believe her.”

“I don’t know what to say. Pradeep. You secretive bastard. Ah… he couldn’t tell me because of her. She needed it to be a secret. Some weird Muslim thing, right? That’s it, isn’t it?”

Mandy shrugs and rests her forehead against Amy’s in sweet intimacy. “Who knows? Love works in mysterious ways.”

Amy shakes her head in wonder. “Well. I hope it works out. Their children would look like… movie stars, that’s for sure.”

“I know, right?” Mandy giggles and releases Amy.

“Thanks for that, dear one. And let me repay you by telling you how I think we can get to the top of the shaft.”

“Fuck yes! Oh, Amy, thank you so much! You have no idea how hard it’s been for me to figure out a safe way to the—”

“Well, don’t get too attached to that ‘safe’ idea.”

“Oh, crap. What is it?”

“I mean, it’s as safe as I can come up with. But it is like hundreds of meters straight up. There is no super safe way for people to go up and down that thing without like a professional construction crew. But ain’t none of us here engineers so we’ll do what we can.”

“Now I don’t know what to think.”

“Well. Let me just drink my tea and you get some caving clothes on. It’s easier to show you what I have in mind than tell you.”

“Kay kay. Meet you back here in five.”

Later, after all the descents and struggles through muddy tunnels, Mandy stands with Amy at the base of the shaft. It is no longer flooded, and when the water drained it took a lot of the ash and cinders with it, leaving a long black trail down to the concrete culvert and the sea cave. Now they can tell that beneath the blackened ashes that remain is a solid concrete floor to the shaft. But whatever anchor points Mandy had been trying to blindly find with her frozen feet a few days before are not there.

They drag the last intact limbs clear of the center of the floor and stare upward at the small dot of gray light far above. It looks impossible to Mandy, and nobody wants to get up there as bad as her. But it’s just so far.

“Tell me what you see.” Amy’s voice echoes in the shaft, a harsh reverberation off the concrete walls.

Mandy swings her phone’s light up the shaft. “Not much. Lots of vertical. No handholds. Uh… Tons of burn marks. Can I have a hint? What am I looking for here?”

“Okay. What are the walls made of?”

Mandy drops her light to eye level. She brushes her hand over the smooth blocks. “Yeah, okay, it’s only concrete here at the bottom. Then it’s, I don’t know, what is it up there? Clay? Rock?”

“It’s rock. Care for another hint?”

“Please.”

Amy silently points at the trail of ash and cinders at their feet, leading out of the shaft’s base into the tunnel.

“Uhh, neat.” Mandy turns away so Amy can’t see how irritated she is. “Maybe I’m just not as smart as everybody else here, okay, Amy? Maybe I don’t have all these spectacular doctorates from world-class programs so you’ll have to excuse me—”

“No, no. I’m not—You’re not… Sorry. I’m being too playfully obtuse. I was just standing where you are, looking up, cursing that little fucking hole in the top. Then I thought to myself: How did this shaft get made? They didn’t drill it. It’s not quite that regular.”

“I don’t know. How did all the other tunnels get made?”

Amy lifts her eyebrows and points once again at the trail of black slurry running out of view.

“It burned…?” Mandy scrunches up her face. “But that makes no sense. What burned? The rock?”

“No. Sorry, Mandy. I’ll stop playing games. It’s water. Water carved this shaft, and nearly all the tunnels we’ve seen in here. Now come here. Let me show you something else I found.”

Mandy is still mystified. Amy keeps telling her she’ll tell her what she means and then she just keeps adding more and more random details that make no sense. “Sure. Now what?’

Amy takes Mandy back into the tunnel, but before it reaches the junction with the passage that heads upwards to the Lisican village, Amy stops at an outcrop of rock. She points her light at a pair of rusted iron pipes that run vertically from ceiling to floor. “Listen.”

“Listen…?” Mandy wipes the pipe as clean as she can and then presses her ear against it. Liquid, and not a trickle. These old pipes are still functional.

“The Army Corps of Engineers must have been in here. These are probably drainage for some other chamber up above to keep it clear. I bet it empties into their culvert and then the sea cave. But look.” Amy pockets her phone and grasps a circular handle. Her forearm muscles bunch and she grunts. Then it turns.

After a few rotations the pipe closes off. Amy pulls Mandy to the wall beside her and points to a bypass pipe. Now the water shoots out its end, much more than a liter per second. It splashes onto the tunnel’s floor and runs down back toward the culvert.

Mandy looks at Amy, who has the most self-satisfied smile on her face of her life. But then her smile drops when she realizes that Mandy still doesn’t see what she means. “Oh. Right. So… Next step. Block the passage leading down to the culvert there with tarps and rocks, forming a plug. And then ta-daaa!” Amy spreads her hands wide. But Mandy still only glares at her. “Ah. I mean, of course, the final thing I still have to mention is that we’re floating on a raft. In the elevator shaft. And there’s nowhere for the water to go. Except up. We fill the shaft and ride it to the top!”

Now Mandy laughs. “Are you insane? I set the shaft on fire and now you’re going to flood it? Is this some kind of competition?”

Amy laughs too. “No! Think about it! I mean, it’s got its share of drawbacks, for sure. It’s not something we can do, well, probably more than once. And I have no idea how long it would take to fill it. A day or two? So that part stinks. I mean, there’s a lot wrong with the whole idea but I just can’t figure out how else to do it!”

“I asked Katrina if she’d fly the drone up the shaft and try to attach some cable or something up there.” Mandy shakes her head. “But she said the shaft is too narrow. She’d have to turn collision-avoidance off and then she said she wasn’t good enough to not crash manually into the walls.”

“Well and then what?” Amy grimaces. “Let’s say we’ve got like three hundred meters of twine dangling down to us. So? We don’t have more than a third of that distance in climbing rope. What else are we going to use? Dental floss? I mean, I could manufacture some rope from the long-fiber creekside plants but that would take days if not weeks. We need to find Jay now.”

Mandy thinks about sitting in a raft for hours on end as the water level slowly rises toward the top. Just her and Amy and her weather station. But it wouldn’t even have any weight requirements this time. She could load it up with all the best gear. Hygrometer. Full windspeed rotor. She could even bring spare batteries and just hook them up in sequence. And she wouldn’t have to check on it more than once every few days. “Wait. Ugh. I should have asked him when I had the… Ah, hell.”

“What is it?”

“Jay! When he got trapped in the village with Triquet and Miriam he said that one day he went with the villagers to see the top of the tunnel, where the fire came from. And I was like, ‘Aha! The villagers can lead me to the spot from above. He said they climbed over the edge of the cliffs and came down to the top of this shaft on the ocean side. And I was going to have him show me so I could start making that my route but then we stopped talking to the villagers. And then I forgot with all the other madness going on. So now we’re all buddies again but he’s gone. Crap!”

“Well, still. That solves your problem, doesn’t it? You can go ask the villagers to lead you to any spot you want on the cliffs. It just needs to be high and like securely-placed, right?”

“Yeah, but…” Mandy sighs. “I think I still have your problem. Not that they hate me per se…”

“Oh, thanks.”

“No! It’s just that they can shut off the village to us whenever they like and I need regular access to my weather station. We can’t depend on them. We need our own way in.”

Amy nods. “So… What do you think we could make the raft of?”

“Maybe we could use Maahjabeen’s kayaks.”

“Yeah, and maybe Brad Pitt will be my sex slave.” Amy laughs in such hilarious disbelief that Mandy starts to as well.

Ξ

Pradeep twists and turns on the bed, fighting for his life. He thrashes, the cords in his neck straining. He drums the back of his head against the pillow, fighting to rid himself of this horrid infestation.

But he knows that in reality he does none of these things. His body remains slack, eyes glazed. The fight is entirely internal. Nobody can see how hard he struggles.

He knows he is about to die. He tries to find peace. Maahjabeen pressed against him gives indescribable relief. After his unending struggle against the cold pit of mud within him he is almost ready to surrender to oblivion. He has gotten to love the most beautiful woman on Earth. What more is there, really, after that? It is such an impossibility for a kasmaalam nerd like himself to have loved such an angel. Death is really the only possible thing next. But his regret will not let him go. Regret for not knowing her better, touching this unbelievable skin just a bit more. Regret that they will not grow old together, that he will not be there for her when she will need him. That is such a distasteful thought that it gets him to fight once more against the pit.

The little bit of his brain that remains working now puzzles out a possible way to combat the pit of mud. Within himself, where he feels the edges of it, he has drawn a ring of fire around it, stopping its slow seeping spread up into the rest of him. The fire is love and anger and every scrap of his survival instinct that he can muster. Now he has the fire burn down, all around the sides of the pit. He will excise it entirely with fire. He will find its bottom and burn beneath that and then isolate this cauterized pit of mud within him like a giant bloated splinter. Once it is encased entirely in fire then he can remove it. He can take himself back.

Burn… Burn… He doesn’t know what it is he burns here in the abstract internal world of his spirit. It is certainly some essential part of himself. Tissues… or memories… Perhaps he is destroying himself to save himself. Yes. Like a fever. Without fever he will die.

Why was this done to him? What did Pradeep do to deserve this? They say a fox bit him in the back, which makes no sense. And now he is dying of, what… rabies? Is that what this is?

It’s all muddled. He can’t keep straight any of the details they’ve told him. Disjointed phrases keep circling in his head. He realizes how slowly they revolve. Too slow. The cold mud is winning again. Where is his fire? Has it gone out?

No, it has just disappeared deep into the black firmament of his mind, still surrounding the pit of mud as it crackles its way downward. Now Pradeep feels an attenuated pain, as if someone strikes his spinal cord like a piano note. This time he grunts and he knows Maahjabeen hears it. Pain. Yes, pain is good. Pain is life.

She looks at him, her eyes ravaged from so many tears. But she is not hopeless. So he cannot be. He fights the words out, the corners of his mouth twitching upward bravely. “I am… not… dead.”

Ξ

“Ventilation ain’t your problem, Kula. It’s got to be humidity. I mean, this is like fog grand central. Here.” Jay holds up the frosty bud, its fan leaves curling, nearly black. “Look at the cola, dude. Smell it. You got to harvest now or shit’s gonna mold out on you.”

Kula, the Lisican gardener, stands at his shoulder smoking her joint. Her face is seamed with a perpetual smile and her black curls are a frizzy mass. She grunts and waters a row of lettuces with a cracked plastic watering can. “Bimeby Jay help. Wit Kula, yaw?”

Her pidgin is surprisingly understandable. Jay has no idea what that indicates about the island, or, more importantly, his safety here. Who taught her to speak English? Where did she get all this gear? And what about all this weed? Not that there aren’t a wide variety of other fruits and vegetables in these planters. Jay wonders why Kula doesn’t cultivate her garden on the surface. “This can’t be the best spot to grow on the island. You need more sun, sister.”

Kula claps her hand on his shoulder. She’s been friendly from the get go. She pushes her cigar at him again and he takes a big wet toke. Very grassy weed. Probably not too much in the way of THC but who knows about its terpenes. Once they get settled he’ll bust out his homegrown Kush and blow Kula’s goddamn mind.

Rows of raised beds, built from raw saplings bound together with frayed nylon straps, have been filled with a dark loamy soil that probably came from the redwoods above. And it looks like a lot of starters are already pushing through the surface. Her spring plantings are a success. What day is it? Like mid-April? He takes out his phone. The date is April 20.

“Yoooooo! Look at that, Kula! 420! 420! We hit it just right!”

But of course she has no idea what he’s talking about. She just gabbles something he doesn’t understand, much like he’s gabbling something at her. But that’s cool. They’re high. And hidden. And safe. “Four twenty…!” Jay leans out the gun emplacement’s curving opening, shouting over the open ocean far below. His words are immediately snatched by the wind. But he doesn’t care. He laughs, falling back. “Hey… Maybe you can help us, Kula. If you know like all the plants here, maybe you can like, I mean, we’re sort of doing a survey, you know. Flora and fauna. Maybe you could like help us identify a whole bunch of genera.”

“Eh. Eh.” Kula nods vigorously. She pulls something up by the roots, like a stringy white carrot, and pushes it into Jay’s hands. “Takee boss. Jay good good. Je rotkvica, yass.”

“Okay. If you say so…” Jay brushes the rest of the soil off and nibbles at its end. It crunches between his teeth and releases a clean watery taste across his tongue. It’s good. “Right on. This would be so good in a salad. Man, I’m gonna make the best fucking salads. Any olive oil and balsamic here by any chance?”

But Kula is back to her watering and weeding, talking to herself in a satisfied sing-song, the words a jumble of English and Lisican and who knows what else. What an odd duck. For one thing, she’s fat. Jay hasn’t seen any fat Lisicans before. Her skin is bad and she’s wearing an old hoodie with HOLLISTER stenciled across the chest. Her formerly-white Reeboks are split along each side. Her hair is lank and greasy. She is obviously suffering the effects of prolonged contact with the modern world. Now she looks just like any other shut-in anywhere in the world. Just get her a laptop and a VPN and she’d never see another live human ever again.

He wanders away from the plants for the first time to a dark corner recessed in the bare rock. He expected to find some kind of rat’s nest of bedding but instead he finds a neatly cut-out rectangle in the rock that runs as a passage to a contained chamber, far enough back to protect its occupants from explosions in the gun emplacement. This must have been command and control back here. The room is only like five by six meters, with seven wide ventilation shafts in the ceiling. Since its abandonment, these holes have allowed in trickles of detritus and the shafts are no longer clear; they only let in a bit of diffracted daylight.

Beneath the seven holes sit undisturbed conical piles of dirt surrounded by a scattering of leaves. “Ooo, creepy. Looks like some kind of… crypt in here yo.”

Kula, behind him, giggles. “Atsa sugoya eet ká. Yass, Jay. Me an me.” She takes him by the hand and leads him to a flattened and stained Navy cot mattress against the far wall. Ah. The rat’s nest.

“Uh… Not here looking for love, if that’s what you’re thinking. I’m a grad student. Not a… I mean, not that grad students don’t get down. It’s just… That’s real flattering, Kula, you know what I mean? But, uh, I’m kind of in the middle of something right now.”

Kula giggles at him some more, hooking her fingers into his pockets. She snares a wad of leaves he collected and she frowns at them. “Me and me and Jay make three…” But her voice falters, looking at him with concern.

“What? Those are some rhododendron variety I found down in the river valley. You know the one? Over by the…? Well you got your tunnel-mouth tribe, down in the southeast corner of the island. You know, the one with Morska Vidra? And then there’s the bad guy village. Somewhere deeper in? Yeah. That valley.”

“Morska Vidra…” Kula’s nose twitches like a rabbit’s. She wipes it with the back of her hand and sneers. She lists off a bunch of other names. The only one Jay catches is “Wetchie-ghuy…”

“Yeah. That’s the one. That’s where I got the leaves. There.” He points where his internal compass guesses southeast is.

“Yass. Me and Jay znamo.”

“So I was wondering if you could help me with the classifica—”

But Kula hisses and throws the leaves on the ground. They are unclean to her or something. Then she stiffens. She casts a devilish grin sideways at Jay. “Jidadaa.”

Jay just nods stupidly, wondering what she means. Her change of mood is so mercurial he can’t follow it. Kula crosses back to the entrance to the chamber but a low black oblong against the wall to his right catches Jay’s attention. It is a decades-old military radio. And its power is on. A bank of batteries are connected and several wires run up one of the ventilation shafts to the surface. Jay peers at it closely. Its glowing analog dials and needles twitch slightly, picking up some signal. He squints at its frontpiece, finding the volume knob. He turns it, hearing static and garbled voices and nothing more.

He turns, calling out, “Where’d you get this, Kula…?” And then the words die in his throat. Someone new enters, slight and tall for a Lisican. Young, like twenty at the most. Her face is more pale and narrow. Her eyes are gray and sad. She is singing. A Lisican girl is singing, a soft wordless ballad. When she sees Jay she stops.

“Jidadaa.” Kula points to her. “Jay.”

Jidadaa just looks at Jay, her face neutral, hands hiding each other, lower lip glistening in the dim light.

“Hey, what’s up?” His greeting feels so awkward and paltry he resolves to do better. “Jay Darmer. Uh. Nice to meet you.” It’s clear what he’s looking at here, a mother and daughter. And now the whole story makes sense. Kula fell in love with some mystery military dude. They had a baby. She had to hide. He still provides for her somehow? They’re in touch by radio? “I like your song.”

Jidadaa’s eyes twitch and a tiny smile teases the corner of her mouth. She is angular with a prominent nose and wavy brown hair, but her mother’s slyness is still in her, around the broad cheekbones and shifting eyes. She edges her way into the chamber, beginning to sing again. There is a coiled excitement in her that makes Jay think she’s about to spring some surprise on him. But she looks so harmless. How bad can it be?

Jidadaa hugs herself in her stained hoodie, one palm running up and down the other arm. Her song seems to be nonsense syllables in a simple scale, like when someone plays around on a piano without knowing how to bring it to life. Jay starts adding his own notes to her song and she stops, clapping a hand over her mouth. Now she is quite close to him. She sticks out her hand.

“Uh, hi.” Jay and Jidadaa shake hands, like business partners.

Ξ

When the vessels of your body are empty, they collapse, the walls sucking up wetly against each other. Your esophagus doesn’t stay open when not in use. It rests flat like a bike tire’s uninflated tube.

It is in such an evacuated space that Pradeep now finds his body. The walls of the pit cling to him, robbing him of sight and sense and air. Freezing mucus and mud coat his skin, leaching the last of his vitality away. He has finally lost his battle against the curse within him and slid down, down, down… For too long he’s been thrashing in a panic to get out. Now stars are blooming in his vision and he knows that oxygen isn’t getting to his brain. This is the end. And he can’t feel Maahjabeen’s embrace any more.

The stars cover his vision and the world goes white.

Pradeep kneels on cold flagstones. He is bent into a deep prostrate pose, like he’s doing yoga or praying to Maahjabeen’s god. He looks up, surveying a space filled with light, infinitely wide. Is that where he is? Has he crossed some threshold into the divine?

People at the end of their lives talk about letting go of their earthly cares. But Pradeep burns with regrets. A coruscating waterfall of hopes and plans and memories rushes through him, filling him with an unbearable ache of lost opportunity. He was by every measure too young. And his life was just about to get really really good.

Footsteps echo in the distance. He turns, trying to locate their source, but he can’t find anyone approaching from the glare on the horizon from any direction.

He opens his mouth to call out but he realizes he would only do so as a function of his anxiety. What? Oh, fucking great. Not even in death does he escape it? Bloody hell. It has become too much a part of who he is for him to leave it behind. Anxiety is in his soul.

So this is his soul. It did survive biological death. Fascinating. And how many of the other stories are true? He recalls the five layers of a human form in the Taittiriya Upanishad. The body on the outside, then biological energy, mental energy, intuition and wisdom, and deep inside is his core essence, a seed of eternal bliss. Well let us get on with it. I am ready to shed the outer layers to find my blissful center, because I certainly do not feel it now.

Remembering the lessons of his boyhood, Pradeep sits cross-legged in a lotus pose and rests his wrists on his knees. He closes his eyes, or whatever passes for eyes here, and allows his mind to calm so he can more properly listen.

He hears the footsteps again. He had thought that whoever was coming would inevitably reach him here but perhaps that isn’t true. Perhaps they’re looking for him in this bright directionless place and can’t find him. Perhaps they’re lost.

Pradeep’s mouth opens to call out. But then his anxiety, disguised as common sense, reminds him that he may not want who-or-what-ever it is in this unknown place to find him. He may want to remain hidden. At least until he knows more of who it is.

His eyes snap open, anxiety building toward panic. Oh, he just had to introduce the idea of extra-dimensional terrors into his list of neuroses, didn’t he? Now how will he ever have a moment’s rest again? He takes a shuddering breath of sharply clean air and tries to master himself. Come on, Pradeep. You can do this. You have no choice. Face your future.

With an assertive impulse Pradeep rises to his feet. “I am here,” he calls out in a ringing voice. Too loud. But it had sounded resolute. Liking that, he stands taller.

The footsteps grow louder, seeming to come from all around. Then they resolve into a shadow, a dark stain in the glare directly ahead. A hunched figure waddles toward him. It is an old man with a brown face, bits of feather and fur hanging from his fringes. He grunts at Pradeep then mutters in a sing-song Pradeep almost recognizes. This isn’t who he expected at all.

The man stops in front of Pradeep and scowls up at him, still muttering. Pradeep realizes it is the language he’s been hearing the last couple weeks. “You’re Lisican.”

The man holds up a leather loop in one hand and turns a glittering stare onto Pradeep. “Ja sam Wetchie-ghuy.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

23 – The Island

Splash. Katrina is back in the water again. Finally she gets to put her mask and snorkel and fins to use! And the dark water is so refreshing! Maybe a degree or two warmer than the first time she swam in it. But that makes sense. It’s April now. Still bloody cold, though. The shortie wetsuit remains too thin.

Katrina doesn’t know how to do field collections but it doesn’t matter. She’s just a camera platform now. They’ve rigged a GoPro to her mask and whatever she sees gets recorded, to be analyzed and identified later. Jay had been so frustrated to find her mask wouldn’t fit him. Otherwise it would be him down here doing the survey, wouldn’t it? And she’d be deprived of all these wonders.

She’s never seen such a vibrant coral reef. The ones in Australia are nearly all dead. But this one dazzles with color, even in the diffracted gray light of a Lisican morning. Katrina remembers how she was able to warm herself before with deep breaths. She takes several near the surface, bobbing up every few moments to draw it in. Yes, her tingling extremities are starting to function again.

Oh my god, a turtle. A giant honest-to-god sea turtle coasting beneath her feet. Like really giant. She’s had dining room tables that were smaller. And it comes to a rest between two columns of coral, obscured by waving pink nudibranches. It sees her. Its yellow eye tracks her progress. What an amazing sight.

Turtles don’t attack, do they?

Maahjabeen had warned her away from the far side of the lagoon where the densest kelp forest house the otters, who could very well be territorial. She’ll take her chances over here on the reef with moray eels and reef sharks. Not that she’d seen any yet, but she won’t be sticking her hands in any holes.

She makes sure she gets a good view of the turtle before returning to the surface and kicking herself a few meters further along. When she drops back down her breath expels in a sudden gasp. She’s looking down into a bowl ringed by pastel coral and pale seaweed, containing a huge swirling chiaroscuro of neon-bright fish. She can’t believe it. Such a rich sight, unlike any she’s ever had in the water. And they’re every shape and color. Katrina can’t make sense of what she’s seeing. So many species, all floating together. They aren’t even congregating in groups. Just swimming placidly along, nobody eating anyone else. Maybe this is some kind of nursery for all the non-carnivorous fish of the area, where they can grow up in peace. Like some kind of miraculous fish utopia. Skates and rays hover an inch above the sandy floor. Incredible.

She’ll have to tell them not to fish here. It would be a tragedy.

Katrina swims over the far edge of the bowl to deeper waters in the lagoon. She lifts her head to see how far she is from the mouth of it. She’d hate to get sucked out into the surf and die. Yeah. That would not be her favorite thing. But she’s hardly progressed at all. The lagoon is huge, now that she’s swimming in it. She could spend every day of the remaining five weeks exploring it and it would barely be enough time. Well, put that on the list of things she will do every morning, right after retrieving Mandy’s weather station with the drone.

Mandy… Eek. Her romantic attention is really flattering. Katrina has always had a thing for island girls. But there’s something a bit too intense about Mandy’s energy for her, like she’s already scripted out a bunch of scenes and now is having trouble changing them to fit reality. Their flirting isn’t serious. It can’t be. Nothing like a dalliance, right? Hopefully she’ll be able to convince Mandy of that ephemeral truth. If not, well… She can always ghost her. Katrina has probably had to withdraw from more ardent admirers in her life than have them transform into solid friendships. People get so intense, and some boys and girls really get crazy about her raver fairy style. She just loves beauty. But she’s learned you have to cup it lightly like a fledgling in your hand. Otherwise you crush it and it never flies. That’s what so many people don’t get.

She leaves the coral behind and follows a broad floor of sand only sparsely covered with seaweed. She inspects their floating tendrils closely, making sure the camera can see the parasites and brown spots on the broad leaves. That’s for Pradeep. The secret lover boy. Hooray for Maahjabeen healing his fractured soul. Good lord but that would be a sandwich she could happily get between. Those two are so ridiculously beautiful. Sex with gods.

That has been Katrina’s refrain for a long time now. In her rave scene there’s been a long discussion about what could be the best possible drug experience. Like reverse-engineering the whole thing. For millennia we’ve just been consuming what nature gives us, and preparing close analogues. But what if we could start from the other direction? Determine which effect we want and then work toward it with different compounds and tests?

Her friend Karl had always maintained that no drug trip could beat the ability to stop time, or move forward and backward in it like a video editor. He said that must be the ultimate pinnacle of human experience, to see it all. But he was such a techno nerd. His brain was entirely clockwork. Like his friend Hong who said the ultimate drug would be perfect VR, a Star Trek holodeck without limitations. Morgan said it would be alcohol without a hangover and Sadie said it would be talking to ancestor ghosts.

But to Katrina, nothing has ever beaten the prospect of sex with gods. I mean, come on. And not like Zeus raping a swan. No no no. The good stuff. Where the gods love you and take care of you and know just how to please you.

Katrina rises to the surface and blows out her snorkel. She rolls onto her back and looks at the sky, taking the mouthpiece out. Aloud, she declares, “Tell me of anything better than that. And those two are just about as close as we can get to gods.”

“Who are?”

Katrina screams and convulses in the water, her hands flying up to protect her head. She twists around to find Amy beside her in the yellow kayak, having silently glided up to her while she swam.

“Oh my god you gave me a heart attack.”

“Sorry, Katrina! Maahjabeen asked me to come out and keep an eye on you. I thought you’d seen me. And were talking to me. What did you mean? Who are gods?”

“Uhh…” Katrina’s mind races. Her first impulse is to tell her about the secret, share the love! But no. Both Maahjabeen and Pradeep are so private. And Amy is Pradeep’s boss. This isn’t just a friendship thing. So in that case it isn’t hers to tell. Maybe she should lie and say she saw two turtles. Two turtle gods. But lying like that is not her way. Instead, with an open smile, she says, “Bit of a secret, love. But I’ll let you know when I can.”

“Got a crush, do you?” Amy’s voice is mild. “A double crush?”

Katrina laughs, partially in relief at Amy’s bad aim and partially because she hit the target anyway. “More than a couple. I mean, look at—well, like, look at you! I’ve got the hugest crush on you, Doctor Kubota. You’re just so damn cute.”

Amy playfully splashes Katrina with her paddle. “That’s very sweet. But you’re changing the subject. No, I won’t pry. You kids deserve all the secrets you can get. And all the love.”

“We all do!” Katrina spits a stream of water into the air, watching gulls swooping above, white against the gray cloud roof. “Seriously, girlfriend. You’re welcome in my tent any night.”

“Thanks, darling. I’ll save it for a cold one. No, I know what you mean, Katrina. Like when Miriam stole my boyfriend away. I had every reason in the world to be hurt. But I couldn’t. They were two gods and it was such a magical moment, and they never rejected me in the least. I was included in the whole romance. It just had a purity and intensity that took our breaths away. And we all knew it. None of us will ever see anything like that again.”

“Aww. I love love.” Katrina blows Amy a kiss.

Amy attempts to mimic Miriam’s Irish brogue. “I love love too, love. And I’m really glad you’re here.” Amy blows a kiss back to Katrina just as she’s slipping beneath the water, swimming down to the sand floor below. Amy admires her long dirty-blonde hair streaming behind her like a banner. The wind has calmed and the water is clear now. How glorious it is down there. Amy will have to see if the mask fits her. She’d love to snorkel too.

And then a shadow swoops forward from the east, torpedoing toward Katrina. It bumps her with its nose before she even sees it and she explodes in bubbles, losing her air in shock. She claws for the surface as the brown and black mottled body spins past her.

When Katrina surfaces, she’s screaming and gasping.

But Amy is beside herself with glee. “Seal! Northern fur seal I think! Callorhinus! Unbelievable! This must be the furthest south any have been seen in generations!”

“Oh my god, what’s it doing?” Katrina swims frantically toward Amy. The seal has doubled back and bumps against her legs.

“Eh, I don’t know. Hopefully just playing.”

“Playing? Oh my god. It’s huge. You got to help—”

“Oh, yeah, you should definitely get out of the water. Here. Just grab the paddle. We can get you up on the hull.”

“Playing? Seriously?” Katrina doesn’t want to upset the kayak’s balance and roll Amy out so she just clutches the side of the boat. “They don’t let the dogs on Curl Curl Beach play with the sea lions because sometimes they drag them under and drown them, thinking the dogs can hold their breaths as long as sea lions can.”

“Yeah, don’t let him do that.”

“Him? You can tell it’s a him?” Katrina grips the hull of the kayak, her hair plastered sideways over the lifted mask and across her face. To Amy, she looks twelve.

“Well the males are so much bigger. And this one’s pretty big. No, I just think he fancies you, Katrina. Let’s get you back to the beach here…” Amy has to sit leaning away from Katrina to stay upright and she needs to dig to maneuver the boat back to the beach. It’s all she can do not to paddle in a circle.

“Please don’t bite. Please don’t bite. Aaah! He’s nudging me again! Hurry, Amy!”

“Hold your legs up along the hull.” Amy pushes her pace and gets the kayak gliding a bit. Within moments they’re on the grade of soft sand leading to the surf. Katrina stumbles when she finds her footing and charges as well as she can to the beach.

Once she gets to safety she expels a high-pitched “Wow!” to release the remaining panic and turns to haul the nose of the kayak out of the water. Amy pulls herself out and joins her at the verge. Looking across the water, Katrina spots the round head of the seal. “There he is. Hey, mate. Said it before and I’ll say it again. Gotta buy a girl a drink first.”

The seal just blinks at them, his black eyes shining. After a long moment he ducks down and vanishes.

Katrina removes her mask and scans the beach. “I’d like to see just what kind of romantic standards a Northern fur seal has. Hey, Jay! I think it’s your turn next.”

Ξ

There are always so many new projects on the island but Amy won’t forget her beloved birds ever again. The more she studies them, the more there is to study. She has counted twenty-three species as of this morning, six that haven’t been seen at this latitude for a hundred years or more and two species that may be new to science. It’s those two who get most of her attention.

Amy scans the cliffs with her binoculars, searching for the particular silhouettes and tailfeather colors that she first saw three days before. “But how, you may ask, can any pelagic migratory birds remain undiscovered in this day and age?” When she had first seen the long trailing feathers of the tropicbird she had assumed they were red-tailed, as were almost all those in the region. But these are different. Golden yellow tail streamers, unmistakable in direct sunlight yesterday, sent her scurrying for a field guide. To her immense satisfaction, no record of golden-tailed tropicbirds existed. These might be the only ones in the whole world. Phaeton Lisica. Her very own discovery. Tropicbirds look like terns, with the same gleaming white plumage, but these possess marvelous golden tail streamers twice as long as their bodies.

The other new species is something she’s only caught a glimpse of at a distance. It is dusky brown, the size of a robin, with white spots across its back and wings. And they’re fairly numerous. They flit like flakes of dirt among the pristine white and black birds. She focuses on one now, unable to make sense of its behavior among all the other species congregated on the cliffs until she realizes it’s stealing eggs from other nests. The gulls and petrels and murres all take turns chasing it off. That’s how she’ll spot one, by focusing on the squawking of the nesting birds.

It happens again. This is spring and the nesting season is in full swing. Many eggs to steal! A jaeger far above screeches and jabs at its own nest. The dun-colored invader falls away, spinning on a pinned wing. No, it’s holding an egg. Now the egg falls, tumbling down the side of the black cliff, where it lands with a messy detonation of yolk and shell against the rocks below.

She follows the egg-thief as it spins lazily downward, away from the outrage of the jaeger above. There is something off about the bird’s shape. If Amy could only resolve her focus better as it drops. But she can’t get a good look at it until it lands beside the mess of the egg and begins feeding on the bright orange remains.

It has a tiny owl’s head.

At first it looks so preposterous she can’t quite believe it’s real. This is like one of those Frankenstein pranks where a taxidermist has put the wrong head on a random body. There is no way this creature exists. Then she remembers the California pygmy variant of the Northern Spotted Owl, the birds whose imminent extinction stopped logging in redwood forests a generation ago. Their rarity is the stuff of legends.

And on Lisica they are common enough to be a pest. Ha.

Bemused, Amy watches the owl peck away at the egg’s remnants. Then her glasses travel back up the face of the cliff to see how the jaeger is dealing with the loss of the egg. But she overshoots the nest and gets lost near the top of the cliff. The outline of a straight board catches her attention and she takes the glasses from her eyes. Squinting at the spot, she can’t see the timber at this distance. Only by looking again through the binoculars… Yes. There it is, with perhaps a couple other boards there as well. What is that up there? Some kind of derelict viewing platform?

Amy suddenly recalls her time spent in the tunnels searching for Flavia. There had been that one dead-end passage that led to a limb-choked chimney climbing straight to the top. She’d thought daylight might be shining through from way up above…

“Hey, Jay…?” Amy hadn’t even realized she’d left her viewing spot on the beach to re-enter the camp. She’s in a daze, her mind tracing the chimney’s route up the cliff face.

“Yeah, boss?” Jay appears before her, studying her. “You okay? Look like you been smoking some of my stash.”

“No. Fine.” Amy shakes her head to clear it. “Okay. Uh. Guess what? Got a super dangerous adventure for you.”

“Right on!”

“It’s in the tunnels.”

“Even better!”

Ξ

Pradeep hurries into camp, eyes alight, holding a clump of dirt in both hands. It is shot through with white fungus. He holds it like it’s a priceless artifact, eager to share what he’s learned.

Everyone is busy with their own projects. But he isn’t looking to share his news with just anybody. It’s Alonso who will understand. Now where is he?

The big platform has been rebuilt and once again holds the Love Palace. But it is empty. No Alonso. And he isn’t at the tables. That means he must be in the bunker. Pradeep wishes he had a better hold on this clump of dirt. One bump and it will disintegrate in his hands. “Door!” he calls out to Amy as he approaches, and after a quick glance she opens it for him. “Alonso in here?”

She is busy with a washbin. “Don’t know where he is, actually…”

Pradeep looks into each of the cells. They are all empty. The clean room is also empty. Only Flavia works at the long tables on her laptop. Where is everyone? “Flavia, have you seen Alonso?”

She doesn’t look up from her screen. “The sub.”

That stops Pradeep. He has avoided the sub for a good long time now and he doesn’t relish the idea of confronting his anxiety again. “Really?” He balks, wondering if he can store this handful of soil somewhere and wait for Alonso to come back up. But his burning desire to share what he’s learned overrides his hesitancy. “Gah. Fuck this. Fine. Okay. Fine.”

Flavia finally registers this uncharacteristic outburst and turns to regard Pradeep. But he is already gone, marching with purpose toward the trap door and the steps leading down.

She shakes her head in disapproval. They won’t catch her going down there any more. Not as long as Wetchie-ghuy lives.

Pradeep ducks through the hatch connecting the first two rooms of the sub. It’s… different. Triquet has really turned this into a pristine museum, with black and white photos of the base adorning the walls, a few even in frames with glass. A brass lamp stands in a corner and a tattered multi-colored rug hangs from the concave wall. So much warmer and more inviting than it had been. He relaxes a bit. This no longer looks like an opening level from Half Life 2. And there are no monsters here. Just mischievous locals.

“Hello?” His voice still echoes in an eerie way he dislikes. But he can hear murmured voices further in. He ducks through another hatch and finds himself in the claustrophobically narrow passage. The first room is empty but the Captain’s quarters are quite crowded. Pradeep stands in the door and regards them.

Esquibel is in the chair nearest the door. Alonso sits up in the bed. Katrina is perched at its side and Mandy kneels at Alonso’s feet, holding his ankles.

Pradeep has no idea what to make of this scene.

Esquibel holds up a hand to forestall any objections Pradeep may have. “Triquet told us we could.”

Pradeep only nods. Katrina flashes him a brilliant smile. Mandy focuses on Alonso’s feet. But Alonso is happy to see him.

“There…! See, ladies? We cannot move along with all this quite yet. Pradeep has something to share, doesn’t he?”

“Not now, Pradeep.” Esquibel wards him away. “We’re trying to allow Alonso some space to achieve a different…”

“No. This is important. I can tell.” Alonso beckons Pradeep in. “You want to show us something.”

“Just this mychorrizae…” Now he is shy, feeling very much like he’s intruding on a deep intimacy. Pradeep holds it up, soil leaking from his fingers. “But I don’t want to—”

“No, I am very happy you are here.”

Now Esquibel admonishes him. “Alonso, if this is going to work, you need to sit back and not fight what is about to happen.”

“Just let yourself, you know, like stop working for once.” Mandy takes another deep breath.

“Ah. See. That is where you mistake me. About my relationship to work. I am a very lucky man. My work has always been my passion and I cannot divorce the two. Nothing makes me happier to see a young researcher eager to share their discovery. What is it, young researcher? A new type?”

“No. A change. In signaling compounds. Just in the last forty-eight hours. I’ve got proof! They’re talking to each other, Alonso. The trees and the roots and the soil. They’re really talking.” He thrusts his handful of soil under Alonso’s nose. “Roots fixed this photosynthate, right? So the way it works is the mycelium forages nutrients and water from the soil and exchanges them with trees and plants. Now it’s already been established in the literature that these interspecies networks resemble scale-free neural networks with functions akin to memory, recall, cooperative problem-solving, and…”

“Wait.” Esquibel has her hand up again. “Are you telling me that you think the trees are talking to each other?”

Pradeep nods. “Not just me. This theory is pretty well-accepted in the forestry sciences these days. The only real debate is to what extent there may be any meta-cognitive function and how much we should anthropomorphize them. These fungus filaments aren’t really neurons or memory circuits, in certain situations they just act somewhat like them. See, after the last storm, there was a major shift of groundwater resources on the eastern side of the grove. And the mycelium networks from one edge, where there was no water, increased their signaling chemicals and the mycorrhizae at the other edge somehow knew where to find the water, and grew toward it, without knowing themselves where that resource would be! They must have communicated! And I just witnessed it happening here in realtime!”

“Meaning…?” Alonso gropes for the essence of Pradeep’s excitement. He has lost track somewhere along the way…

“Meaning…” Katrina cocks her head to the side, “we can hack the signal network and start singing to the trees?”

This idea strikes Pradeep dumb. He hadn’t even considered interfering in the process. But the notion makes Alonso giggle. He sees himself as a conductor before an entire grove of trees, arms high, inspired by their chorus. He giggles again. What a crazy idea. “A forest of chorus. A chorus forest. Who thought of this…?”

The others look at Alonso with patient indulgence. But Pradeep is a bit crestfallen. He thought this would really galvanize Alonso and prompt him to share even deeper insights into Plexity. Instead he finds him… doing what, exactly? “Uh, I thought of this. But like I said, it’s well-supported in the literature. I’m just the first, I think, to observe it in this type of North American arboreal—”

“No, Pradeep, what you don’t understand,” Esquibel says more gently than she usually does, “is that Alonso has already begun his MDMA-assisted therapy. He took two pills…” She checks her phone. “Fourteen minutes ago. And I think he is starting to feel effects. Are you, Alonso?”

But Alonso can hardly hear her over the unbridled joy suddenly radiating from him. He feels like a child again. Hunching his shoulders, he squeezes his face into a grimace of joy. “Yaaaay!”

Katrina chuckles drily. “I think he feels something, yeh.”

“His feet are finally relaxing, that’s for sure.” Mandy shakes them a trifle, trying to get him to release them further.

Pradeep stands in the middle of the room with his handfuls of dirt, quite sure he’s messed up yet again. His anxiety plucks at his face, narrowing his eyes. He has to retreat. Now. All the way back to the surface. Before he does anything else he’ll regret.

But Esquibel delays him with a soft touch on his wrist. “It’s fine, Pradeep. Everything is fine. It appears Alonso won’t even recall seeing you. I told you, Katrina. Two is too many.”

“He definitely gets the double tap. Lad weighs a hundred kilos. One wouldn’t have done anything. And then he’d tell us it just doesn’t work for him and he wouldn’t ever try it again.”

“Wait.” Alonso sits up. “I took the drugs, didn’t I?”

Katrina nods. “That you did, boss. You’re safe now. Nothing can harm you. That’s what Molly’s got to tell you. You can relax.”

“Really?” At first he doesn’t believe it, but then it is as if a facade on the front of Alonso begins to crumble and fall away. He lifts trembling fingers to his face. Making contact with his own skin instantly changes his emotional state. “Oh, I am so glad I shaved. It feels so much better. Oh. Katrina.”

“Yes, Alonso?”

“You are so beautiful. Would you believe me if I told you I used to be very handsome?”

The room fills with laughter. For a moment Alonso thinks they are laughing at how preposterous that is. He swells himself up to defend the statement but Katrina catches his hand up in hers and kisses it. “Oh, Doctor Alonso. I have no trouble seeing that at all. I mean, you are still so handsome…”

But she obviously doesn’t understand. “No. No no. Not if you think this—this ruin I am now is handsome. It makes me seriously question your standards and taste. Ask Miriam. Ask Amy. She knew me first. Ask them how I used to look. Walking into a room, it would alter… everything. I miss that. Having that power. Such an easy power and I took it for granted.” He looks at Katrina. “You know, Katrina. You know what it is like to have that power. How people look at you with that extra bit of attention? Because you are so beautiful.”

“Aw, shucks…” Katrina just plays along, navigating these ardent emotional streams with ease. But Alonso isn’t done.

“And you, Esquibel. You are so proud and… regal. You know what it is like to—And Mandy… And Pradeep. Ha. We are all a bunch of good-looking motherfuckers in here, aren’t we?”

This makes them all laugh again. Even Pradeep loses his fears about Alonso’s condition. He was preparing to get embarrassed on Alonso’s behalf but the older man is so open and sincere Pradeep can’t bring himself to do it.

“It is a spell we can cast. But after our youth is spent we lose it. We are no longer shiny. We are broken.” But there is no pain in Alonso’s words. It is only an observation.

“How do your feet feel, Alonso?” Mandy ventures to hold them a trifle more firmly.

A single tear rolls down Alonso’s cheek but he doesn’t register it. “They are in agony, thank you.” His brow is otherwise clear. “Oh, I love drugs. Where is Miriam? I need her to kiss me.”

“Remember how we decided she might be more of a distraction? How she thought it would be better for you to find this on your own? Remember?”

But Alonso doesn’t remember. He is caught in the present moment with no memory, no context. “Remember what?” Now the MDMA hits him hard, like a heavy velvet carpet unrolling along his body, weighing him down. A sexual thrill shoots through his loins and he squeezes Katrina’s hand, finding this bare skin contact as intimate as any he’s ever had.

“Isn’t this when you start guiding?” Esquibel still has reservations about this therapy and considers it just a step above witchcraft in the best settings. Trying one of these sessions in a buried sub with an untrained Katrina can’t be the best settings. Oh, well. Esquibel is pretty sure this will be a failure and after a bit she can give up and go back to useful projects for the day.

“Soon,” Katrina says. “This is about a three hour pace we’re on here. No hurry. We want him to wash out everything he might be holding at this level before we can settle and drop down another level. It’s like flushing impurities from a pipe.”

“I love opera.” Alonso informs them of this as if he never has. He begins a rolling baritone introduction to one of his favorite solos, but then interrupts himself. “Ha! Things are getting sweaty in here. I need to… Someone help…” Alonso tears at the snaps on his shirt.

Katrina gently helps him get his shirt off.

Alonso sighs, bitter. “See? Women’s eyes used to light up when they saw this.” He flexes his pecs. “But now… I am just a sad old man. They said I looked like a young Raúl Julia. But ehh… You don’t even know who that is. Yes, I am old.” But as he speaks the bitterness fades and he merely utters them as statements of fact. “Pradeep. You are gorgeous. If I was single, you would probably be the one I chased the most. I love that you love dirt and fungus. You are a crazy freak like me.”

Pradeep smiles his widest and most glassy smile. He is very far from his comfort zone now. Esquibel gives him a dimpled smile. He looks away to Mandy. She is chuckling at him. “Well…” he ventures, “this is excruciating.”

Now they all laugh at Pradeep. He suppresses another urge to flee. He doesn’t want to cause a scene. They do want him here…

“Come. Sit. Tell me more about your fungus in that lovely voice. It is so soothing.”

“Is that what we should be discussing here?” Esquibel didn’t like hearing this might last three hours. This hard wooden chair isn’t nearly comfortable enough for that span.

Katrina smiles. “We should discuss whatever we want to discuss, right, Alonso? Just let the conversation go where it wants to—”

“Yes.” Alonso sits up and draws his legs under him, Mandy withdrawing her hands and sitting back. But he doesn’t even see her. “And I am very interested in you, Pradeep. Your mind. The way it works. The way you see the interconnections. The web of life.” Alonso reaches out and grabs Pradeep’s hand, inadvertently knocking most of the dirt onto the bed. But he doesn’t register that either. He is only looking deeply into Pradeep’s liquid black eyes…

Pradeep is fixated by this gaze. Alonso’s eyes hold such power, such wisdom and tragedy. And also an unapologetic attraction that Pradeep finds strangely comforting. He has never been too hung up on gender roles—he always thought that side of Indian culture was very retrograde—but the romantic regard of another man is new territory to him. Coming from a hero of his makes him feel wanted, as though he belongs. Perhaps this has been the key to his anxiety all along. His conviction that wherever he is, he really isn’t wanted there. Well he is wanted here. He does all he can not to tear his gaze away.

“What a man.” Alonso shakes his head in admiration and breaks his magnetic gaze. “Well. You were going to tell me more about your soil but—oh, no! You spilled it!”

Ξ

Flavia can’t ignore her bladder any longer. It had gotten so bad she had to stop working around 10pm and she’s just been playing solitaire on her laptop for the last ninety minutes. Everyone else is asleep. Yet she can’t abide the thought of going outside in the dark alone. She was hoping her body would just kind of shut down and let her be til morning. It was the after-dinner espresso, she is sure of it, a strong diuretic purging her body of moisture.

Ahhh! She can’t handle it any more. With shallow breaths she closes the laptop’s lid, slips on her camp shoes, and casts about quickly for some kind of weapon. She sees nothing. Well. Maybe there is a stick or something out there.

It is at the forefront of Flavia’s mind as she crosses the bunker to the door that the last time somebody went out alone, as far as she knows, it was Katrina and she was hijacked by those kids for hours.

Wouldn’t Esquibel tell Flavia that she needs to bring someone with her? Well, if it was Esquibel’s idea then Flavia will wake her up. Make her walk the walk, literally. But where is she?

Flavia shines the pale wash of her phone’s screen into each cell. There’s Esquibel, wrapped cozily up with Mandy, both gently snoring and at peace. She realizes this won’t work. It will take Esquibel too long to wake up. Flavia needs to go now.

With a vicious curse under her breath, she spins back to the door. Wetchie-ghuy, I will kick you to death if you are out there. Flavia isn’t religious but still intuitively superstitious. The cold night air, the quiet, and the ground fog are omens. She hurries across the camp.

Halfway to the trenches she sees that a light is on in Jay’s cocoon of a hammock and it gently swings back and forth. Flavia calls out, “Jay. Are you awake?”

The hammock, enclosed by bug netting and covered partially by a diamond-shaped blue tarp, changes shape. Jay sits up. “Flavia? What’s up? What are you doing out here in the wee—?”

“Please, will you come with me to the trenches? I am very scared. I can’t be alone but I can’t wait any more. Per favore.”

“Yeah. Sure. Of course.” Jay unzips his cocoon and hops out barefoot and wearing black boxer briefs and a tank top.

Flavia pauses only for a moment before realizing he isn’t making any other preparations. He just stands there expectant, ready to follow. Such a little boy. He doesn’t even think about shoes…

She wastes no more time getting to the trenches. Jay stands at a respectful distance, turned away, softly singing Bob Marley: “Don’t worry, ‘bout a thing. Cause every little thing’s gonna be alright.”

When Flavia is done she re-joins him, far better composed. She puts a hand on his arm. “Thank you so much. Now we can go back and you can go to sleep.”

“Well now I need a turn first.” And before Flavia can make any protest, Jay steps into the darkness obscuring the trenches. She can hear him, but she suddenly feels very alone. Unwillingly she glances around her. And that’s when she sees the woman watching her. It is Wetchie-ghuy’s woman, the one who showed her how to wear the loop around her wrist. Flavia gasps, stumbling back. Is that another figure behind her in shadow?

A hand spreads across her back and she shrieks. But it is Jay. “Whoa. Careful. Don’t fall into the… Hey, who’s that?”

The woman and the shadow behind her, limned by starlight, haven’t moved.

“Lisicans! Right on! Hey, I hear you like music!” He ambles toward them with a kind of demonstrative bow-legged easy-going manner. “Three little birds,” he sings, “pitch by my doorstep…!”

“Jay. Jay, don’t.” But he is out of reach and she won’t take another step toward them. “Jay!”

He turns, a wide smile on his face. Why Flavia gotta be so harsh? What will the Lisicans think?

Flavia urgently beckons Jay to return. “That is Wetchie-ghuy and his wife. The man who tried to steal me. Come back here.”

“Uhh. Serious?” Jay peers more closely at the shadowed couple. “Huh. They don’t look dangerous.”

This isn’t what she needs to hear. Flavia fills with a black rage. Now she really wants a weapon. Something, anything to brain these people with. And maybe knock some sense into Jay’s head. She points at the cliffs and barks at the Lisicans. “Go. Go away. Bad. Nák. Wetchie-ghuy chán.”

But the figures remain impassive, just watching her.

Jay turns back to her. “Hey, I got an idea.” Impulsively, he grabs Flavia and kisses her, long and passionate. Her eyes go wide. Jay releases her and turns back to the figures in the gloom. “She’s mine. You hear? You can’t have her, dude. We’ve been married for like, uh, two years.” He holds her hands and faces her like they’re being betrothed right now.

Flavia regains her bearings after this unexpected gesture. A part of her wants to think Jay is taking advantage of her during this crisis but what she has seen of him so far, he isn’t like most men. It’s clear to see he really didn’t kiss her for his own pleasure. The earnest expression on his face almost convinces her they’ve actually had a long intimate relationship. She smiles widely and squeezes his hands, then kisses him back, needing to go on tiptoes to reach him. Despite the sham nature of it, it still feels nice. Flavia can’t remember the last time she kissed someone like he was her boyfriend. She places a hand alongside his cheek and leans in, demonstrating her ardor. Jay gives her a soft smile, for once appearing older than his age. Ai me. When he settles down he is actually quite nice to look at, isn’t he?

After a long moment, the tender spell breaks and she looks away. The two Lisicans have vanished. They are alone here in the dark. She leans into Jay, shivering, the chill starting to penetrate her bones. “Take me back to bed, darling,” she says loudly.

“Sure thing, princess.” Then Jay giggles, realizing he just called Flavia of all people a princess. He restrains the impulse to pat her bottom, like he used to do with his college girlfriend Carine. She used to like it. He wasn’t sure if Flavia would. Actually, he’s pretty damn sure she wouldn’t. They pass by the spot the two Lisicans had stood. Definitely empty. “Man. If you weren’t with me, Flavia, I’d think that was some kind of hallucination.”

“And if you weren’t with me, Jay, I don’t know if I’d still be here.” She shivers again, dragging his left arm over her shoulders. The big ox is warm, that’s for sure. And she likes his chances if it comes to a fight. Also, he is a good cook. She looks up at his face. This is a quality individual here. He just put himself in danger for her, without a single thought of himself. Flavia hadn’t thought much of Jay until this moment. In fact, they probably hadn’t spoken more than a handful of words to each other over the last three weeks. But now she can tell she had dismissed him unfairly.

They pass by his hammock. “Guess I’ll walk you to your door. Hell of a date, Flavia. Maybe next time I take you out bowling?”

She giggles, clutching at him again. Now Flavia is warming up and the fear that spiked her insides is melting like an icicle. “The crazy thing about you, Jay, is nobody here is such an American. But in a good way.”

“Ehh… I think of myself more of a Californian, actually. We have less to be ashamed of. I mean, yeah we exterminated all our natives too and set up a capitalist techno-state along the coast. But we still got that surfer vibe, bra. Awesome food. Killer weed.”

The more he talks, the less she likes him. They stand at the door of the bunker and Flavia hushes him with a finger against his lips. They peer into the darkness, still holding hands.

“They might need to see,” he reasons, “a good night kiss.”

But Flavia shakes her head no. “This is stupid. Wives and their husbands don’t say good night to each other at doors like this. They go inside together.” Flavia thinks this through. Lisicans have been in the bunker. Wetchie-ghuy and his wife could also get in. They could find her alone in her cell, sleeping in that cot. She clutches at Jay. “Would it be too much to ask, Jay…?”

But he has come to a different conclusion. The camp is clear. He can say good night to Flavia and get back to the fantasy novel he was reading on his phone. Druss, Captain of the Ax, was just about to do something epic. “Ask what?”

“For you to spend the night with me?”

Jay looks at Flavia with surprise. “For real? Me? In your bed?”

“In my bed. So I can feel safe. And sleep. So if they come in, they can see that I am still with my husband.”

“Yeah. Sure.” Jay shakes his head and grimaces though. “But I gotta confess, as a feminist, I’m not really into this, though.”

His preposterous statement catches Flavia opening the door and she can’t help but laugh, too loud in the quiet bunker. “Wait wait wait. A… feminist? You?” she whispers, needing very much to hear the rest of this train of thought.

“Yeah. I’m all about my sisters, yo,” Jay whispers in reply, following Flavia to her cell. “And I’m happy to keep you safe tonight but it can’t be the longterm answer, you know what I’m saying? The power has to rest in the woman’s hands.”

Flavia shakes her head, bemused. She leads him into her cell and rearranges the sleeping bag on the cot. “I never hear a man talking like this. Who even raised you?”

“Hippies.”

“Ah. I did not have them growing up, I guess.”

“Yeah, once I called my brother a bitch and my Mom whooped me for like half an hour. Said keep that misogynistic shit out of your mouth. Learned the lesson young.”

“Good for your mother. Do you mind being against the wall?”

“Don’t care.” Jay stretches out on the cot. “Sleep like a dog. It’s getting late, isn’t it? Well. Good night.”

He folds his arms under his head and closes his eyes. Flavia looks at him, nearly two meters in length and no more than eighty kilos. He is all long lean muscle and no fat. And his face carries not a care in the world. It causes resentment in her, that a shining golden boy like this can live such a carefree life, untroubled by all the issues mere mortals like her contend with.

She lies down beside him, his shoulder her pillow. Yes, he is quite warm. Almost as comfortable as Boris her big Alsatian. And just about as complicated.

Flavia sleeps better than she has since she got to the island.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

20 – Her Lovely Smile Fades

The rain pounds against the bunker. People lie huddled in corners with their lights and screens, trying to block it out. But Jay can’t settle. Just when his ankle has healed and his body has decided it’s time to climb some trees, this fucking storm has shut everything down. He paces through the bunker, weaving between the cells and workstations in endless figure eights.

“Jay.” Flavia’s voice is as cold as the storm. “Please stop walking past my door every fifteen seconds. You are driving me crazy.”

“Sorry, Flavia.” Jay stops. Mandy flashes an irritated glance at him and Amy clucks, shaking her head. Shit. He’s gone and done it again, annoying everyone. It’s hard being a big loud guy sometimes when you’re locked in a little box and you have no ability to turn it down. “Maybe I’ll go do laps in the sub. That’s okay, isn’t it?”

Nobody answers. Nobody has an answer. Most aren’t even listening to him. Finally Triquet calls out, “Go ahead.”

“Thanks, Triq.” Jay heads toward the trap door. “I’ll let you know if I see anything I shouldn’t. Anyone…” He tarries at the stairs heading down. “Hey, you know what I just thought. That NDA we all signed. We can’t say a thing about this whole experience to anyone when we get home, can we?”

Esquibel leans her head out of the clean room and nods. “That is correct. The NDA is completely ironclad. What happens here stays here. Everything.”

“Like Vegas times a thousand. Well well well…” Jay rubs his hands together. “Huh. That’s gotta make things way more interesting here, don’t it? I mean, we could all have like a giant drug orgy every night and nobody would ever know. We could… Huh. Well, the possibilities are endless. I never felt more free.”

And with that innocent observation, he descends the stairs and opens the door to the sub. When it closes, the bunker is silent. Only the wind and the rain fill the space.

Mandy is intent on building her airflow model for the transition zone between the treetops and the cliff face. But Jay’s last words echo in her ears. She looks up at Esquibel, who is studying her with narrowed eyes. Unintentionally, Mandy’s eyes glance sideways at Katrina. She instantly pulls her gaze back to Esquibel, her face growing hot. How could a glance be considered cheating? As if she and Esquibel have made any promises to each other out here anyway. There hasn’t been any point.

But Mandy’s fears are groundless. Esquibel is also looking at Katrina now. The funny thing is that DJ Bubblegum has also stopped working and is herself staring at Triquet with idle fascination. Triquet mutters to themself, shaking their head, as they continue to write out their latest outline, a composite of two earlier outlines that they realize they can now marry since the autopsy. But the breathless pressure of the bunker finally unnerves them. They look up to find all these girls staring at them. “What.”

“I wish we could time it with like a big thunderclap.” Triquet sits with Maahjabeen near the reed door of the bunker. They’ve set up their lights to shine against the walls of the cells in the most theatrical way possible and Katrina is somewhere in back cueing up a slamming house track. “You know, for the first big moment.” The electronic beats start to speed up toward a raucous anthem. “And… action!” Triquet claps their hands together then manually flips the lights off and on in a poor imitation of a strobe.

Amy is first, strutting out of the narrow hall wearing Triquet’s floral housecoat strapped tight around her waist with a wide black sash. Amy’s hair has been tight-braided against her scalp and huge black cat-eyes drawn from the corner of her eyes outward.

She unhooks the sash and winks at them, grinding to the music, then flashes them wearing Miriam’s bodice, which is nearly bursting with middle-aged muscle and cleavage.

Triquet screams like a bobby-soxer and their phone’s flash goes off again and again like paparazzi. Maahjabeen squeals with laughter, unable to applaud, and pulls at Amy’s forearm to get her to cover back up. But Amy, haughty, pulls away and stalks off stage with a steamy glare over her shoulder.

Katrina is next in her rave princess gown of shimmering blue satin, clinging to her. She dances out, showing off the twine sandals she’s made, and busts a move, spanking her own ass. Then she leans over and kisses Triquet, then does the same to Maahjabeen, who only laughs more and pushes her away.

Mandy and Miriam come out together, hand in hand, wearing a collection of scarves wrapped artfully around their bodies. Mandy pulls Miriam into an embrace and begins dancing with her, backs straight, eyes locked. With a brief kiss they dance off-stage.

Then it is Esquibel, her eyes smoked and her lips glossy pink, in a literal wrap she has made of the remaining translucent plastic sheet. It hugs her shadowed clefts and crevices and she moves with sinuous grace. The audience is shocked to see this side of the good doctor, and perhaps there is something in her vulnerability in the way of making amends, but the sight is so stunning all the others can do nothing but goggle. Esquibel’s eyes are closed as she sways lightly to the music, a faraway smile on her face. Then she bumps against Maahjabeen’s legs and her eyes open. She sees how utterly stunned the Muslim woman is and Esquibel laughs, spinning away into Mandy’s embrace.

There is a long pause and the audience begins to grow restless. Finally Pradeep shuffles in, squinting into the light. He wears a safari jacket and white-collar shirt, with an ascot accenting his jaw. But he is painfully uncomfortable as the center of attention, regardless of how dashing he looks. Amy has worked his hair back and it is now a black lacquered helmet pulled back from his high forehead. He puts his hand up over his face. “Can I go now?”

“Oi!” Miriam shouts at him, “we’ll need more quality from you, mate, before we let you sit. Put your hand down.”

“And stop squinting!”

“And start dancing!”

But each command just makes him more and more anxious. He squirms in the light. Finally Maahjabeen rises from her chair and grabs his hands and leads Pradeep back to her seat. “There there. Don’t listen to them. I think you look rather smart.”

Pradeep collapses gratefully into the camp chair, face dark with embarrassment. Then:

From the back, a deep opera baritone sings an improvised line over the house track. Then Flavia and Alonso step into the light.

He is in full drag, wrapped in Triquet’s feather boa with his hair pulled back by an embroidered headband. Blue and yellow eyeshadow stripes his lids and transforms his face like a Kabuki villain. But his lips are red and the gown borrowed from Triquet isn’t even zipped up the back.

Flavia is in a simple black pantsuit with her hair pinned back and a white towel over her forearm. She attends Alonso like a manservant as he careens around the stage in bombastic style.

Alonso sings a mashup of Latin, Italian, and Spanish, rhyming his verses as well as he can, striding back and forth before them blowing kisses and striking poses. The crowd goes wild. It is the best he’s felt in ages.

Amy embraces him. They sway back and forth to the music, unable to keep passé dance moves of the 80s from sneaking in. Soon they are all dancing together, repeating the lyric line that Alonso has invented, “Sueño simplicado…” over and over.

Jay emerges from the trap door and walks through the cells to find the party going full bore. He giggles. “What have I done.”

Ξ

Late at night, a shadow appears at Pradeep’s door. He isn’t asleep. How could he be? They are all dancing the night away. The whole last thirty-six hours has been a nightmare of crashing thunder and close-quarter contact. And now someone wants something from him? Oh dear.

“Do not mind me,” Maahjabeen growls at Pradeep. “I am only here because they have taken over my bed and every other bed. I think they are into Katrina’s drugs now.”

“Ah. Yes. Of course.” Pradeep grips the interior edge of his sleeping bag tight up against his chin, glad that he is still wearing tights and not just boxer briefs as he does some nights. He feels like a spinster aunt caught by the gardener, clutching at his hems.

Maahjabeen enters Pradeep’s cell, head pounding, resentment throbbing in her. She shuffles her feet across the concrete, sure she will find piles of gear there as it is in her own cell. But no, here the floor is austerely clean. Cold. And it will be her bed. She sits.

There is a long silence. Finally Pradeep turns his head and regards her, the silhouette of the woman in his cell backlit by the light outside the cell. “Uh, what are you doing?”

“You don’t have a spare blanket or pillow or anything, do you? I couldn’t rescue any of them.”

“Yes, of course.” Pradeep automatically sits up and offers her his pillow. “I mean… Here. You should go ahead and take my bed. I’m not really using it.”

“No no…”

“I mean, I’m not sleeping. I can’t sleep. I’ll sit up and you sleep.”

“Stop it, Pradeep. La. La. I can’t take your bed.”

“It’s fine. Really.” Pradeep stands. Maahjabeen does too. They face each other in the darkness, a handspan apart. “It’s a warm bag and, uh, you should find that—”

Maahjabeen takes Pradeep’s hand. She kisses him.

He quivers. They separate with a wondering sigh.

“There isn’t, ah… I mean, your family in India…” Maahjabeen’s voice is even huskier than usual. “There isn’t any chance that you come from a Muslim family, is there?”

“Devout Hindu.” Pradeep blinks at Maahjabeen, his dark eyes filled with bewildered concern. “Why did you do that?”

Maahjabeen places her palm against his chest, admiring the flat muscles, amused by the hammering heart beneath. “You are a very beautiful man, Pradeep.”

“Ah. You do know, yes. I was afraid,” he stammers, “that it was a case of mistaken identity and you thought you’d kissed someone else, in which case…”

“Stop.” Maahjabeen pulls him close and kisses him again. There is something of cinnamon to his taste. And salt. She decides he is delicious. With regret, she pulls back. “Are you a practicing, eh, Hindu? Or is there any chance I might someday persuade you to join me in Islam?”

But Pradeep is reeling. Kisses from Maahjabeen are like sips of ambrosia from a holy chalice. “More of an agnostic, really. I’d say. Why are we talking of…? Oh.” His brain catches up, to realize the significance of how she stands, nearly demure, by the side of his bed. “I, uh…” His anxiety is hammering at him, trying to take this night away from him. But he can’t. He won’t let it. He’s stronger now. As a child he had no control of it but now… Now he does. “I don’t know… uh, where my faith or lack of it might lead me. But I really like you, Maahjabeen and, uh… I guess I’m willing to follow wherever you might lead me.”

She draws him back down to the bed.

Ξ

Katrina doesn’t want to disentangle herself from the pile but she really needs to pee. And in this storm doing one’s business has become a major production. So she groans, head pounding, mouth filled with sand, and slides her arms and legs out of the soft embrace of Triquet and Esquibel and Mandy to find Jay passed out, thoroughly crushed beneath them. They literally have been using him as their bed. She giggles despite herself and hauls herself to her feet. A mew of longing escapes Esquibel but she doesn’t even open her eyes.

Katrina careens out of the cell and tries to find her own. But it’s so dark in here and everyone’s in the wrong beds. She finally finds her cell and reaches for her raincoat, bladder near to bursting, and bumps a cot where one isn’t supposed to be. She looks down to see Pradeep and Maahjabeen asleep and naked in each other’s arms.

Katrina gasps in silent shock and shakes her head at the ways of the world. Well well well. Everyone gets lonely after a few weeks. How sweet. She can’t think of two more deserving people. And they would make the most beautiful babies in the entire world.

But where is her bloody cell? She doesn’t have any time to find it. Out of desperation she snares the coat hanging in the corner and hauls it on. Pradeep’s storm coat, still damp and smelling of him, a salty tang. Good. It’s so big it reaches halfway down her thighs. Barefoot. No time to find her shoes.

Katrina hurries for the door. Relieved, she finds her phone in her pocket as she pushes it open. The cold shocks her and she sputters, lighting her way across camp and into the bushes on the far side of Jay’s sodden hammock. This is preposterous. The water is sheeting across the ground. She doesn’t even think she needs to make it all the way to the trenches. They might already be flooded.

With that thought she decides where she stands is as good a place as any and she squats to relieve herself, Pradeep’s giant hood and shell forming a bit of a tent. But she soaked her leggings when she pulled them down and now pulling them back up over her bottom is super unpleasant. She shivers. It’s time to get back to bed.

Then she sees them, a trio of young children from the village above. Lisicans. How long have they been hiding there? They’ve edged out from the shadow of the woods so Katrina can spot them. They wear feather capes smeared with mud, branches sticking out of them. Their eyes are earnest.

Katrina sputters and eventually finds her voice. “G’day, uh, everyone. Your parents somewhere close?” Despite the universal-acceptance vibe that Katrina always has going, this spooks her no end. What if their parents are? How many Lisicans are here? And why? Are there enough to like overwhelm her and carry her away?

The poor dears are drenched, their curly hair plastered against their dark, wide faces. The tallest one points at her with his thumb. It’s a boy, perhaps ten or twelve. He says something to her in his thick impenetrable language. The others echo his words.

She holds an apologetic hand up. “Of course you are always welcome down here. It’s your island, after all. We’re just guests. And we know it. We’ll be gone soon and then…” Katrina shrugs, shivering again. She needs to get back inside and quick. “Then who knows what happens. Life goes on.”

But the cold rain doesn’t seem to affect the children. They regard her solemnly, waiting for her to do something or say something more. Finally the little girl at the boy’s left elbow points at Katrina with her thumb and sing-songs, “Sad…So! So sad… So!”

And with this enchanting warble, Katrina realizes they want her to take her phone out so they can hear Elton John again.

Ξ

When Maahjabeen wakes she is alone in an unfamiliar cot. That must be bad. But a deep languor fills her, making her limbs heavy. She doesn’t want to get up. She likes it here. It is so warm and cozy, and smells like her deepest desires. But where exactly is here?

She rolls her head to the side and sees Pradeep’s clothes hanging from hooks in the reed walls. Ah, yes. Her wild indiscretion. She shakes her head in prim judgment as her eyes roam the walls, studying the one photo he’s hung beside his bed. It is a close-up of insect larvae, a heaped slimy white lump with little black eyes scattered like poppyseeds. Absolutely disgusting. Where others would place a picture of their mother or wife or children, he has these little nightmare slugs. Of course.

Maahjabeen realizes she’s holding her breath. She lets it out in a thin stream, controlling it and forcing herself to be calm. Why is she doing that? Well, obviously, she’s awaiting God’s punishment. Or her own decent self to rise up within her and shame her for her unwed romance. At least when she had sex with Amal she was able to convince herself it was fine because he was a good Muslim boy and they were getting married. But then he met her mother and, well, that’s when it all fell apart. They hated each other on sight and Amal suddenly became controlling and cruel. It hadn’t taken Maahjabeen long to decide that her own freedom had been worth more than the regard of his family or even hers. That had been the beginning of her travels.

She touches herself in the places Pradeep had. Nothing is bruised or hurt. The sex had been more like twisting gently in satin sheets. Lots of sighing. That’s what she remembers most. Pradeep’s long lean body was so delicious, his skin and hair so soft. She could wrap herself in him like a blanket for days.

And, who knows? Maybe the wisdom of the Prophet could cure his anxious mind. And if not the Prophet’s wisdom, perhaps her own. With that thought, she realizes he will never come back to her here in this bed on the morning after. Unless their encounter gave him more heart than she thinks is possible, Pradeep is probably somewhere out there shivering like a PTSD victim. Ha. Is that what she will call her lovers? Her victims? Ha.

Maahjabeen exits Pradeep’s cell to find that Esquibel and Mandy and Triquet and Jay are all in a snoring pile. Alonso and Miriam and Amy are in another, as she can see through the open door of her own cell. They even brought in a second cot so there’d be enough room for all. Even passing out at the end of a party, middle-aged people are so sensible. Maahjabeen aspires to it.

The storm rattles the door. She doesn’t want to go out there and somehow, perhaps because of how abstemious she was last night, she doesn’t need to yet. Is Pradeep out there in the wet and cold? She prays that she didn’t drive him outside with her lust.

Or perhaps he’s down in the sub? Unlikely… but still worth investigating. Maahjabeen crosses the bunker to find it sealed up. Someone has placed heavy bins atop the closed trap door, as if worried about the Lisicans bursting through from below. Odd. She didn’t recall any paranoid passages at the end of the night. But she had fallen asleep long before the others.

She’s just so relieved nobody saw her in Pradeep’s arms.

Then Maahjabeen finds him. He is sitting in Esquibel’s clean room. His hazy brown and black silhouette is seated in the center of the floor, facing the wall. Is he meditating? Then he looks up. No, he is on his phone.

Maahjabeen slips silently within the plastic sheets behind him. She lightly clears her throat and his head twitches to the side. Then Pradeep slowly swivels toward Maahjabeen, eyes unable to hold hers. He quickly looks away.

“Ehh. Good morning. I don’t know what happened last night. If I did anything wrong I am very sorry—”

Maahjabeen steps in and puts a finger against his lips. She leans down and kisses Pradeep. He holds her chin gently, his lips and fingertips trembling. She pulls back and gives him a dimpled smile. “I know you are. But la! Listen to me, Pradeep. You do not get to use me and our night together as more fuel for your panic. Not me. Not last night. That was too nice.”

She releases him. Pradeep blinks at her, his gaze wounded, filled with disbelief. He can only repeat, “Ehh…”

Maahjabeen laughs at him.

“Really?” Pradeep can’t make the next leap. The big one. Of all the scenarios he had concocted about how this morning might unfold, this one had never occurred to him. Maahjabeen still likes him? Even after last night? Madness. He looks up at her with wonder. She is astoundingly beautiful. Her skin is polished bronze, her hair a disordered black river. Her wide-set eyes gaze at him with level affection. This is like when his mum used to get Glamour magazines and he would take them into the bathroom to stare at the models in the perfume ads, amazed that such beauty could exist. And here is a model just for him. Impossible. He has never been attracted to the women most men consider pretty. Usually he is first drawn to a woman’s mind. But in this miraculous case he is being offered both. A brilliant, ferocious mind and the beauty of a goddess. For a moment he believes in reincarnation again. What amazing sacrifices did he make in some past life to earn all this?

Pradeep lifts a hand to touch her incredible face but stops short. She must hate being objectified. He remembers this lesson from his cousin Ashra. Pretty girls grow up different, always under a lens. They become self-conscious and hardened to the attention. The last thing he wants to do is objectify her. He drops his hand.

But Maahjabeen catches it and lifts it to her cheek. She presses it against the side of her face, her cheekbone settling into his hand. This feels so good. She won’t let him retreat back into his hole.

Pradeep can’t handle the unbearable vulnerability in her gaze. He flushes, his eyes welling with tears, and drops them. But she lifts his chin.

Maahjabeen softens her gaze. It is no longer a yearning. Now it is a confident belief in him. In them. She finds herself falling so far so fast now. He better be okay with being Muslim because she’s never felt anything like this before and she can’t imagine ever letting it stop. Wait. Is this what Alonso and Miriam felt, that day on the beach in the rain? It had seemed excessive when it happened but now maybe she understands. Nothing is sweeter than love. It has its own holiness. She covers her mouth with her hand. “And we can even share the water.”

It’s a random, bizarre statement but Pradeep instantly divines what she means. For some reason, this is the signal he needed to truly believe that he really can be loved. Maahjabeen means the ocean. They can paddle together in the places most important to her. The compliment she has just given him rings through him like a bell. How fantastic. The ocean goddess has looked upon him with favor. This is like falling under the spell of a mermaid to live with her for a thousand years under the waves. He is blessed.

Adoration for Maahjabeen rushes through Pradeep. Suddenly he needs to know everything about her. First he will learn her language and eat her food and meet her family and study her religion. Islam? Sure. Anything that will allow him to stay near this miraculous creature. Or is that objectifying too? He really doesn’t want to do that. Perhaps she is the essence of humanity and he is the creature, something weird and malformed outside the realm of normal men. But no. The way Maahjabeen looks at him… For perhaps the first time Pradeep doesn’t feel like he is alone and cold outside, looking in on the laughing crowd. He is the one who is in. This is inside. He is inside the world for once, with her. And it is glorious. Pradeep stands and Maahjabeen steps back.

His eyes are dark and burning, filled with an intention she has never seen. But it is not alarming. There is a compelling masculine allure to his gaze. Maahjabeen melts within it. Pradeep squeezes her hands so hard they hurt. He pulls her close.

They kiss. Maahjabeen collapses against his strength, marveling at it. This is the most romantic moment of her life. She feels like a movie star.

No. Better. She feels like the beloved of a worthy man.

Ξ

Alonso’s eyes snap open. Limbs cross his. His back is cold. Oh no. He is back in the yama. The punishment pit the torturers threw him in when they were done with him. The yama was deep and cold and he was never the only one in there. The bodies were broken. Some had been dead. The smell… He did not think that stench would ever fully wash away. Rats came in the night. Blue bare legs across his chest. Crushed hands, twitching.

He finds a strength he never had in the yama before. He pushes the limbs off him and rises up…

Miriam and Amy fall away. Amy gets pushed straight off the cot onto the platform. They both look stupidly up at Alonso, blinking sleep out of their eyes.

He is naked in the center of the cell, eyes far away, panting like he’s run a marathon. Miriam reaches for him, her voice muzzy with the final stages of a drug trip. “No, Zo. It’s okay. I’m here.”

“Aaah!” His eyes finally clear and he sees what he has done. The relief knifes through him with a delicious thrill and as he stoops down to help Amy back into bed he remembers how they rolled around like children for hours the night before. What joy. The intense swing from terror and despair to luxurious pleasure is almost too much for his heart and brain to encompass.

“Oh my god…” Amy croaks, shaking her head sadly. “Are you okay, Lonzo?”

He registers her words distantly. At first it sounds like just a general question but then she touches the scars on his chest. The brands and punctures. He reflexively jerks away but then realizes he doesn’t need to. He is safe. He closes her hand over them. “Yes, dear one. These wounds, they are closed now.” Brave words. Maybe someday he can make them come true.

But he’s not fooling anyone. He had just thrashed his way out of bed like he was fighting to get out of hell. “Come back,” Miriam pouts, her gaze still clouded with hallucinations. “Let me put my arms around you.”

“Yes.” Alonso smiles down at Amy and Miriam, his eyes still sad. With effort he tells himself, “This is good. This is… love. Health. Happiness. It is like the preamble to our own constitution, no? It guarantees the right to parties and sex and dreams coming true.” He runs his hands along Amy’s body. He still isn’t used to it in moments like this. When they had been together long ago Amy had been a boy and Alonso had adored his little square hardness. But it turned out that Amy had a very clear sense of who she was, and after years and decades of quiet desperation, had realized that the hardness was exactly who she wasn’t. It degraded her like an infection, one she couldn’t get rid of for ages. She told Alonso of the beatings when she wore dresses as a young boy and how she’d never forgotten the shame. But cross-dressing was just so true, the truest thing she’d ever done.

Alonso leans down and kisses Amy before rolling over her onto the bed. He settles with a sigh. Miriam digs her pointy chin into his chest. She takes a sharp breath, to clear her head and engage speech centers like a normal human. “Something I noticed, eh?”

“How good I look naked?”

“Well, of course, love, always. But no, when you jumped up you didn’t react to your feet. Think about it. The whole time you stood. Nary a grimace nor a scowl.”

“I think you’re right.”

“How do they feel now?”

“Pulpy.”

Amy cuddles close. “Mmm. Octopus.”

Alonso laughs. “Yes, basically, I have two octopi at the bottom of my legs today. It is like some of your kinky Japanese porn, Amy.”

“Not my porn, you pervert. I can’t stand hentai. It’s all about controlling women and invading them. Super gross.”

Miriam sighs. “Isn’t everything?” She runs her fingers through Amy’s hair. Her eyes are starting to clear. “I kind of don’t want this to end. Eight weeks seemed a long time at first but now it doesn’t seem long enough. I don’t need to go back to all that shite.”

“If we weren’t gonna run out of ramen packets in the next five weeks, I’d agree.” Amy glories in the warmth of Alonso’s body. It has been far too long since she could just cuddle someone all night long. It restored her in a way she’d forgotten she needed. And what a way to get restored! Alonso was one of the most beautiful boys she had ever seen and being with him had been her every dream come true. Now, he is barrel-chested and smells musty but he is still one of the great loves of her life. So is Miriam. The warmth spreading through Amy turns into contentment. She is home, where she is understood, accepted, and loved.

They begin to drowse again. But it is only moments before movement in another cell prevents them from drifting away.

“AlphaFold.” Flavia’s eager voice is like an alarm. She is already awake, standing in the door of this cell. Her words startle them and Alonso jolts awake. Miriam, in his embrace, stirs but doesn’t open her eyes. Amy rolls over and throws a comforting arm over him. She settles again as Alonso unsticks his eyes and regards Flavia.

“What did you call me?”

Flavia sits on the side of the bed with her laptop and one of the Dyson readers. “I was smoking one of Jay’s mad blunts last night and it hit me. The characteristics of the math in the Dyson interface reminded me of something but I couldn’t remember what. Then I remembered. While I was dancing. What do you know of AlphaFold?”

“Yeah, I know those guys. It’s a distributed software platform, right? It predicts folding proteins. But my knowledge is five years old. They have advanced?”

“So much. Their refinement transformations have revolutionized the field. People are unironically calling it specialized A.I. now. So that’s just what DeepMind and Google are able to do in the public sphere. But these Dyson readers are from the black labs and their science fiction advances that nobody knows. So I started hacking the reader, to integrate it with a bit of Plexity here, and I realized they have gone so much farther. Look.” She turns her laptop to show him columns of numbers. “Here is one of Pradeep’s latest samples. A marine bacterium called Prochlorococcus marinus marinus. Now the channels have already rendered the sample down to the chromosomal level but the proteomic readout it provides is what reminded me of AlphaFold. At their conferences they theorize that with enough computing power they can not only predict the folding of every protein but also take those proteins back in time, tracing the origins of each genetic lineage. Here. You see this work here? It looks like a bizarre simple algorithm, no? Well they must have some super geniuses in those labs because that is the most astounding piece of mathematics I have ever seen. These readers. They must have like a terabyte of memory in them or more. Look, Alonso. We can even turn the visualizations on. That is thanks to Katrina. See? The bacterium goes back in time, only a tiny number of superficial mutations over such a long time. Very stable genome. But here. Now I will show you this blood sample from one of the sea gulls that Amy got. You get down to the proteomic level, and… I mean, it’s a whole story. It’s like taking any organism back to all its earlier versions of itself. Incredible.”

Alonso goggles at the richness of the data revealed to him. His mind whirls with an infinity of possibilities. But the deepest insight is the most thrilling. “Time… Time itself vanishes from our studies. Or becomes an independent variable that we can tune to our liking. Astounding. But I need…”

Flavia shakes the reader in his face. “The most incredible thing I have ever held! Who knew they were working so hard on life sciences? I thought it was all lasers and bombs in those secret labs.”

Alonso grunts. “Such a Devil’s choice. Live in comfort. Every resource is yours. No more grant writing ever again. Just pure research. Or at least that’s how I imagine it. Now that I say it out loud I figure it must be just as deadly as academia, just with bigger budgets and secret oversight. Horrible. But before you say another word, Flavia, you have to get me one of those cups of espresso so I can think like a human being again.”

“Sì. Aspetta un momento.” She disappears and Alonso shakes his head, listening to the rain sheeting against the metal roof. Well things could definitely be worse. They certainly became a family last night. And after such a bitter fight between Esquibel and Miriam… One of his last memories is watching the two of them intertwined on the dance floor, weeping, gripping each other’s hands. Perhaps the Kenyans fight like the Irish do, fiercely but with much forgiveness after.

“Was that important?” Miriam’s voice comes from faraway. “It sounded important.”

“Very. But don’t you worry your pretty little head, my love. You need more sleep after your big day.”

“Mmm.” Miriam settles. “Can’t sleep. Drugs are bad, Zo.”

“They always are the next day, yes.”

“The pictures in my head were so cool for the first few hours but now it’s been all night. I just want them to stop.” Yet her words trail away and soon she is out once more.

“What day is this?” Alonso has lost all track of time. He picks up his phone and consults it. “April second. Twenty-three days. Thirty-five left. That means that yesterday was April Fool’s. Yes. That is definitely what it was. A day for fools. Por supuesto.”

Just as Alonso is about to fall back to sleep he is roused once more. Why won’t Flavia give them just one or two more hours?

But it isn’t Flavia. It’s Esquibel. “Doctor Alonso.”

He grunts, opening his eyes again.

“It is Katrina. She is missing.”

They dress as quickly as they can, forcibly reminded of the dangers the island holds. “Where is Flavia?” Amy asks. “Does she know?”

“She is helping us look.”

“Could Katrina be in the sub?” Amy asks.

“We blocked off the trap door last night. The bins are too heavy for one person to move. And they haven’t been moved.”

“So she’s outside…?” Amy shakes her head, dubious. The rain has been unrelenting for about eighteen hours. Anyone outside would be in danger of getting literally washed away.

Jay returns from his initial sweep of the camp. He went out with no raingear and his base layers are drenched. “No sign. All the shelters are down and empty.” He’s already shivering. Maahjabeen appears with a towel and starts vigorously scrubbing his back.

Triquet is the first one fully suited up. “Okay. I’ll start at the trenches then move my way back toward the waterfall pool. Whoever comes next, start at the pool.”

“Will do.” Amy only needs to find her boots then she’ll be right out after them.

Triquet swings open the door, bracing for the cold.

Katrina stands outside, reaching for the door herself. She is completely soaked and trembling, nearly blue.

Triquet exclaims wordlessly and hauls her inside.

“Towels! More towels!” Amy calls out, hustling for the stove. Hot water is the answer here, and as soon as possible.

Esquibel kneels before Katrina, who only stands silently before them, shaking hard. Mandy wraps her in an embrace and Katrina sags against her. “Someone like boil water!”

“It’s coming!” Amy’s voice calls out.

Esquibel inspects the dear girl’s fingers and toes for signs of hypothermia. But nothing is purple and swollen. Nothing seems painful to the touch. Just exposure. And a dangerously low core temperature. “We should put her in a bath. Hurry.”

“Ha. We have no bath,” says Flavia. “Or I’d be in it every day.”

Maahjabeen says, “A kayak. Waterproof, eh? Can keep water in as well as keep it out. Come, Triquet. Help me.” She pulls on her storm shell and joins Triquet at the door.

Pradeep says, “Are you sure you want to put hot water inside the kayak, Maahjabeen? What if it damages it?”

“First we will save Katrina and then I will worry about that.” Then Maahjabeen ducks out into the storm, Triquet on her heels.

Mandy mothers Katrina, murmuring baby words as she strips the shell and her soaked clothes from her. “Somebody find her something fresh and dry. Where are her bags?”

Miriam roots around in the duffels they brought in and stowed beneath the workstations. “This one’s Katrina’s yeah?” She holds up a bright yellow sack, then unzips it before hearing any answer. She brings it all to Katrina, pulling out a heavyweight thermal top. “Here, love. This one looks warm.”

Pradeep has taken over toweling Katrina’s naked body. She looks like a forlorn waif rescued from the gutters, hair plastered against her head. But he balks at her private parts. Mandy takes over, making sure the icy water is all gone. Then she wraps Katrina up again as Amy appears with the first steaming pot.

Esquibel makes compresses and puts them across the base of Katrina’s neck, the inside of her wrists, and the tops of her thighs. “More water, please. A steady supply.”

“Yes. Of course.” Amy hurries back to the kitchen.

“We just need to get your core warm, darling.” Esquibel puts a hand on Katrina’s face and smiles at her. But Katrina is in shock or otherwise incapable of speech. She only looks urgently outward, at a point just beyond Esquibel’s face.

The door opens and Pradeep holds it wide as Triquet backs in carrying one end of Aziz. “Sorry it took so long. The whole platform is a shambles. Had to pull it out.”

“Not the… Love Palace!” They are Katrina’s first words and everyone cheers. But her teeth chatter too much to add more.

“Not too hot!” Esquibel calls out to Amy. “Gradual increase is better than a sharp shock!”

“Then I might be ready now! Jay! Give me a hand!” There are four pots in the kitchen that are eight liters or larger. Amy has filled them all with lukewarm water. Now they pour one after the other into the kayak, nearly filling it.

Esquibel and Pradeep lift Katrina. Maahjabeen guides her stiff legs into the cockpit until she is sitting within. “Okay,” the doctor says. “Now gradually increase. You can pour boiling water bit by bit. Maybe in this back hatch.”

“Coming up! Jay, fill the pots with me. Rainwater’s fine.”

“I call next bath.” Triquet peels off their rain gear and shivers as well. “That rain is so damn cold.”

Mandy stands behind Katrina, breathing hot breaths onto the base of her neck. The poor sweet dear. How could she do this to herself? Mandy can never forgive herself for letting Katrina slip out of their lovely little dog pile. What had Mandy been thinking?

Katrina spasms and then releases a long-held breath. Her words come in bursts between chattering teeth. “Oh my god. So cold. But they… kept me… out of the rain.”

“Who did?” Flavia pushes herself through the crowd to face Katrina, her face a storm. “Wetchie-ghuy?”

“No. No…” Katrina shakes her head and smiles at the memory. “It was the kids. They missed the music. I played them music when we left… and they wanted to hear more. That’s all.” She leans back as hotter water makes its way to her. “Aaahhh. Thanks, Amy. That’s… uh, that’s better than sex.”

They all laugh. But Katrina’s eyes catch on Pradeep’s. Hers sparkle merrily. His face flushes with heat. Wait. Does she know? How does she know? Uh oh. She was wearing Pradeep’s shell. How had she gotten it? It was hanging right beside his bed. Oh.

“Did they take you back to the village?” Miriam cracks the door open to see if she can spot any villagers out there in the morning rain. But the camp is empty.

“Not the village. They have another cave. One we hadn’t found. So big. Nice and dry too. We just played with my phone and sang songs… all night. It was… it was actually… really nice.”

But Pradeep no longer hears what Katrina is saying. He has to deal with the fact that his huge transgression is public knowledge. Stricken, he looks across the room at Maahjabeen. She is smiling, listening to Katrina’s story. But as she sees the look on Pradeep’s face, her lovely smile fades.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

17 – It Means Betrayal

Triquet wants a second mug of tea but they’re damned if they’ll let Amy get it for them. So it takes a bit of effort to escape her eagle eye. With a nod to be excused from the meeting, Triquet backs themself away from the long tables before heading to the trenches, the mug carefully hidden in a crook of their arm. Last night’s brief storm littered the sand with branches and clusters of moss, stippling the sand with the imprint of rain. After returning from the trenches they circle around camp into the bunker and to the kettle with hot water. On their return, Amy watches with narrowed eyes.

“Oh.” Triquet plays dumb. “Anyone else need anything? Tea?”

“I’ll take some.” Mandy holds up her mug. With a wink to Amy, Triquet turns right back around and fetches it. “Coming right up! Don’t forget to tip your servers!”

Once they all settle, there is a lull in the discussion that can be neatly filled with Triquet’s concerns. “I’d like to talk more about the Lisicans.” Alonso gives an encouraging nod. “As the only one here with any anthropological training at all, I guess it’s my role to remind people that we should be in as little contact with the native population as possible.”

“Yes,” Miriam leans forward in her camp chair, her half-eaten dinner of lentils and rice perched precariously on her knee, “let’s design an actual policy here, people. If we don’t, these poor blighters won’t know what hit them when the modern world beats down their door. They have no idea what meeting us means. And this whole island will be open for business come summer? Shit idea, that. We know what it always means, don’t we? Disease, loss of culture, loss of traditions…”

Mandy nods, “Loss of language, loss of identity…”

Esquibel adds, “Alcohol and drug dependency will skyrocket, as will suicides. All kinds of mental issues with displaced populations. We have it very bad in Kenya. I have seen so many cases.”

Triquet settles back. “Well good. I was afraid I was going to have to dissuade some pollyanna here who thinks it’s their mission all of a sudden to muck up the Lisicans’ lives and save them.”

“No, not save them…” Amy shrugs, thinking on how charming and suddenly intimate her interactions with the little people have been. “But I don’t see any harm in safe interactions for the purpose of further study. These have to be important moments, right? First contact before we pollute their minds? So I’ve been recording as much of it as I can. I started transcribing the words I can recognize into a spreadsheet. Very few meanings attached to any of them yet. Except for good morning or hello, which is—!”

They all repeat after her in lifeless rote, “Bontiik!” and chuck each other gently under the chin. She’s already taught them all.

“Oh.” Amy’s enthusiasm drops. “Yeah. Well, that’s all I got so far. I’m actually a terrible linguist. Can anyone else…?”

“That sounds like something Katrina might do.” Alonso nods to her at the end of the table, playing a game on her phone. “Eh?”

Feeling their eyes on her, Katrina looks up. “Oh no! What did I miss? Did someone say something sexy? Uh… That’s not the only thing I’d like to lick, mate.”

They all laugh. Mandy says, “No, you silly. Do you have any background in languages or linguistics?”

“Well…” Katrina sits up. “I’m not supposed to talk about it but I did contract with the Singaporean Air Defense when I was really young. And they thought they could use some of the algorithms I’d written to find like who might be a possible threat in the Malay border population using keywords and statistical modeling.”

“Wait. When you were really young?” This is too much for Jay.

“Yeh. Fifteen.” The table erupts in disbelief but Katrina holds up a hand. “They didn’t know I was fifteen. Come on. I forged the security documents. To them I was just another online contractor. But it was too icky. I didn’t like the way they were using my tools to suppress minorities so I started feeding them false data to make them think there were spies in their own ministries. It was a blast.”

“I’m not sure that was an answer,” Alonso rumbles, “but it was a hell of a story. So do you think you might be the best of us to study Lisican speech?”

Katrina shrugs. “I do speak five languages.”

She looks around the table. Alonso says four. Amy and Miriam say two. Esquibel and Maahjabeen say three. Pradeep says three. Triquet adds, “Just Russian and Spanish really. But I don’t know if Klingon counts.” Jay offers, “Donde esta el taco?”

Katrina rolls her eyes. “Fucking Americans, although Aussies are just as bad. Right. So if that’s the metric then I guess it’s me. Okay. When it’s time to rock a funky joint, I’m on point.”

Alonso looks at Jay for help. “Is that a yes?”

“Come on, dude. House of Pain was from the nineties. That was your music. Definitely a reference you should get.”

“My music? The nineties for me was Andrea Bocelli.”

“Am I the only one,” Mandy suddenly stands, frowning, “who thinks we shouldn’t be talking to the Lisicans at all? Like maybe even boarding up the tunnels and waiting for real professionals? Like, aren’t there some primitive tribes who refuse contact with the modern world? And I think they’re better off.”

“Well, we could,” Amy agrees, “if they didn’t have Flavia. That cow is very much already out of the barn. They’re getting all kinds of contact now whether we like it or not and whatever policy or plans we may have had are just…” She shrugs. “Look. I think we should engage as much as needed to gain trust so that we can get Flavia back. Then we can re-visit this subject afterwards. But she needs to be rescued. We can’t forget what’s important here.”

“We absolutely need her return.” Miriam shakes her head in frustration. “But we just can’t ever seem to get past the point in the conversation where they acknowledge they’ve seen her, inform us that she’s gone further inland, but then that’s it! They have nothing more to say. Nobody can lead us there. They can’t even tell us where she is exactly. It’s as if they literally stop understanding what we ask, no matter how we act it out.”

“And we have to remember too,” Triquet is relieved that nobody expects them to take on this anthropological burden. They’re already busy enough with their artifacts. “This isn’t first contact. They showed you an old photo of Maureen Dowerd. Remember Lieutenant DeVry and his fraternizing? I mean it’s been sixty years but I wonder where they got all those blond curls?”

Maahjabeen lifts her hands in helpless curiosity. “And where did they even come from in the first place? Hawai’i? On open boats? Impossible. The currents all lead away from this place. That’s what they told Alonso. So how did anyone ever find this place by boat?”

“You know what I find even more interesting?” Pradeep looks around the table. “Where did the fox come from? And when? Silver foxes are pretty rare on the West Coast.”

“Lisica.” Katrina stands. “Fox Island. I guess we can’t just say the foxes were always here. But nothing was always here. Not even the trees. So, we need answers, do we? Righty-ho. Let’s see if the natives recognize any combination of French, Russian, and Malay. But first… has anyone found a way to get through the tunnels to them without crawling through mud?”

Jay shakes his head no. “Not yet. But it’s a nice mud. Like good for your pores.”

“Yeh, I’ll just pop out on the other side with a mud facial and cucumber slices on my eyes. They’ll think I’m some kind of salad monster.” Katrina giggles. “Well, no time like the present. Come on, Amy. You can introduce me to all your new friends.”

Ξ

“Devonian, I’m pretty sure.” Miriam stares at the cliff face. “But there’s only one way to prove it, ladies.” She hands one canvas bag to Esquibel and another to Maahjabeen. “Stromatoporoid fossils. Let’s see if we can find any. Tiny sea creatures that went extinct after the Hangenberg Event.”

Esquibel only stares at her. “I know nothing about whatever it is you’re talking about. I’m very sorry.”

“Geology, right?” Maahjabeen guesses. “I think I’ve heard of the Devonian. But what is a Hangenberg Event?”

The Hangenberg Event.” Miriam pushes through the ferns and brush to find that low tunnel she and Amy and Triquet had exited. Esquibel and Maahjabeen haven’t crawled through the brush yet and they hang back.

Esquibel peers suspiciously into the tunnel mouth. “Ehh. Can you guarantee there are no venomous snakes or spiders in there, Doctor Truitt?”

Miriam laughs. “I can guarantee nothing. I only know rocks. But so far you haven’t had to treat any bites, have you?”

“True. But you did not grow up nor practice medicine in East Africa, where there are a million things trying to kill you. It is still very difficult for me to accept that I can safely be outside here, just crashing about in the bushes.”

“Well, I appreciate that you were both able to come. We should all see the tunnels and so far this is the easiest way to get to them. Now, since you asked, the Hangenberg Event was the second largest mass extinction event of the age, second only to the Late Devonian Mass Extinction, which occurred only thirteen million years before. Watch this branch here. It has thorns.”

“How long ago was this?” Maahjabeen follows Esquibel, her shoulders and back still aching but doing much better. Coming along seemed like a good idea and nothing has changed that so far. She needs to do the physical work and she admires Miriam.

“Oh, this was all Panthalassa back then, a gigantic sea that covered nearly the entire Northern hemisphere. But that doesn’t help answer our geologic mysteries, does it? Almost all of the sea floor that existed back then has subducted under newer, more modern tectonic plates. Ah, right. When? Well, the Devonian spanned about 419 to 359 million years ago.”

“Aha.” The numbers mean nothing to Esquibel. She wears two layers of nitrile gloves and the first have already been torn on a hidden leaf. “When my grandma was young.”

“Oh, I dream of popping into a time machine!” Miriam hurries forward, lost in her vision. “To see the planet when it was all lava or all water! To see its bones first developing! It would be like witnessing its birth. All of our births. And the Devonian has nothing on the Ordovician. Absolutely my favorite. Aha. There’s the exit up ahead. I can see the light through the branches. Uh, where is everyone?” Miriam realizes she hurried ahead. She turns back. “Come on, you slugs! I’m twice your age, you know!”

Esquibel appears, replying with a brave smile and nod. She holds up one hand, now that its glove is shredded and useless. But her slow pace is holding up both her and Maahjabeen behind her. She finds a short fat stick she can use as a staff to ward away the twigs. Soon, they’ve re-joined Miriam. She leads them into the light.

“Here. If I remember correctly, we’ll have access to an actual living weathered stone cliff face.”

“But you didn’t finish your story.” Maahjabeen is frustrated to have fallen behind. She pulls herself up beside Miriam. “How did the Hangenberg Event kill everything?”

“Honestly, we don’t know. There’s several theories. Glacial melt could have led to climate change and eutrophic dead zones. Algae blooms. One of the more interesting theories is that fossils dated to the event show chromosomal and genetic damage, meaning there may have been a massive radiation spike. Gamma rays from a nearby supernova or something. Just wiped out nearly all of the life on Earth in a flash. But those studies remain inconclusive.”

She stands, where the tunnel opens up to a tiny trail around the outcrop, to disappear in the folds of vegetation on the far side. “Yes, here!” Miriam croons, reaching up, to brush the dirt clinging to the cliff face. “Here we can dig to it!”

But the bedrock is less accessible than she hoped. Damn organics covering everything on this bloody island! She needs to work in a desert again after this and Japan. She was fighting with plants and soils and clays everywhere she turned there too. Maddening. With a sigh she drops to the ground to see if any loose stones have fallen. Yes. Here’s a shoebox-sized oblong covered in moss. She scrapes the green rind off it. Then she splashes the bare stone with water and rubs it clean. “Yes, a dolomite or I’m a baboon. Look at this.”

Maahjabeen kneels beside Miriam. Esquibel is still too happy to be standing to get right back down on her knees. “What is it?”

“A type of limestone. It’s utterly preposterous to find it out here in the middle of the North Pacific like this but nothing about this island makes sense from a geologic standpoint so who’s to say? I only know dolomite when I see it and, once I give it a proper microcrystal assay under some better lights I can tell you even more than that. You see the green flecks? Feldspar. So this is a metamorphic suspension, igneous-based. But if we can find any of those micro-fossils…” Miriam finds a rock that fits in the palm of her hand. She turns it over and scrapes away the clay with a pick. “And this one is pure sandstone. Well here’s some fossils. But they aren’t ancient enough to tell the secret of the island.” Miriam holds out the rock to Esquibel, who looks at both sides.

“I can confirm it is a rock.”

“Please put it in your sack for me. I’m hoping we can fill up all three before we get back.”

“Just any rock?” Maahjabeen takes it from Esquibel to study the fossils. She frowns and puts the rock in her sack.

“Any rock. I’ve really only found other sandstone examples near, you guessed it, the sand. And I’ve been dying to get some actual samples from the cliff. Here. I think if I brace myself on the far wall I can chimney up into position.”

“Don’t!” Esquibel snares the older woman’s sleeve. “That is not a solid surface, Miriam.”

“You’re right. Fine. I’ll scrape the face clean first.”

Maahjabeen stares at Esquibel, trying to silently communicate how quickly she wants this project to end. But Esquibel doesn’t get the message. “It is true. I am no fun at parties.”

Maahjabeen shakes her head in bemused frustration at Esquibel. “You are so serious all the time. Except when you are with Mandy. If I ever invite you to a party I must make sure she comes too.”

Esquibel can’t tell if that’s an insult. She’s pretty sure it isn’t a compliment. It seems like a bit of a betrayal, having Maahjabeen of all people questioning her reserve. “It’s not like I don’t know how to have fun. It’s just this is a professional environment and I am an active-duty Lieutenant Commander, you know.”

“Well, I was a crossing guard for my primary school but I can still laugh every once in a while.” Maahjabeen says it in a teasing voice but she feels sorry for Esquibel, trapped all day every day in her clean room with no reason to leave. It must be hard to be a doctor. All you see are the results of worst-case scenarios. You never see the million successes, only the few bloody failures. It must frighten you and tilt your perception of every reality.

But Miriam and Esquibel share a surprised glance. Maahjabeen is lecturing anyone on social graces? Hilarious. Miriam can only hope it means the rigid Tunisian woman is finally starting to relax and let them in.

Esquibel puts a hand on Maahjabeen’s shoulder and gives her a mocking acknowledgement. “Thank you for your service.”

“Oh, look!” Miriam gasps, tearing aside a stand of ferns. “Glories and treasures! A whole pile of aggregates and silicates! Dear lord, will wonders never cease?”

Ξ

Under Miriam’s direction, Maahjabeen deposits her full canvas sack beneath the long tables at camp and finally retreats to her tiny cell in the bunker for some privacy. The ladies treated her well and she feels they are all proper friends now, but still. Maahjabeen is just not a people person. She is an ocean person.

So then what is she doing sitting in this concrete box, listening to Mandy tap tap tap on her keyboard? Maahjabeen stands. This isn’t where she belongs. She pulls on her sandals that she has just taken off and grabs her hat and sunglasses. It is now 1300 hours. She has not yet studied Amy’s wave phenomenon at this hour. So far it has only formed long enough for her to transit at low tides below 1.2. And it should be low tide again in another ninety minutes.

She strides through camp with purpose, sparing only a thought of pity for Alonso trapped in his camp chair and a kind of general contempt for everyone else who could be out on the water with her, but instead choose to waste their lives on the small and mean demands of land. The continents are nothing, just slivers of bare rock, basically glorified reefs with bits of life crawling atop. The rest is endless ocean. Panthalassa. Maahjabeen loves that new word. Imagine how it used to be! Sea monsters and volcanoes bubbling up from below. And just endless quiet, endless open skies and rocking liquid silence. She could spend a hundred million years in her boat and never see another soul. Oh, Lord. Why did you put me in this place and time? Chasing vanishing corners of isolation in a crowded world. I am tired of all the people.

With restless exuberance she climbs over the fallen redwood for the first time. Only when she stands atop it can she see the lagoon, and from a higher vantage than she’s used to having. The wave sets really are much clearer from up here. There’s an underwater snag or prominence that tugs on the break to the left. That’s where Amy’s barrier seastack is and its secret path out.

But Maahjabeen remains unconvinced. It cannot be so easy to escape this lagoon. If it had been so easy then why did it take so long to find? She knows that is logically not how such things work but her fatalist view of the world inspires a relentless cynical internal monologue.

At least that’s what I tell myself. La. There is smoke coming from the lean-to Pradeep made for her. Ah! That drug addict! She marches down the length of the trunk to the lean-to and climbs down beside it. “Yala!” She leans in. “This is not your place, Jay. Why do you always think you can just—?” But Jay is not alone.

Pradeep currently has a joint to his lips. He squawks in surprise and pulls it away, shoving it into the sand.

Jay calls out in dismay, “Aw, man… Don’t waste it.”

Maahjabeen is so surprised to see Pradeep in this context that she can only shake her head and drop her gaze. “I mean… Of course you are welcome to… I mean, you built the structure, Pradeep.”

“No. You’re right. I am sorry. I did not think how this would look to you. I only thought of relaxing and watching the waves.”

Until he says it aloud he doesn’t realize how much he desires Maahjabeen’s approval. The anxiety that grips him now is of the claustrophobic social variety, where his thoughtless mistake will humiliate him in front of everyone. “I’ll go.”

But she pushes him back in, growing more irritated. “No no. What kind of hostess would I be if I let you leave like that? Sit down. And smoke your drugs if you must. It is not like the smoke will stay. Not with this crosswind.” The social obligations allow her an easy way out. She’ll just get them situated and then watch the waves from the trunk above. Somewhere upwind.

“Not really sure I can any more.” Pradeep sits again, sheepish and awkward. “I was just trying to relax and now I’m not—”

Maahjabeen throws her hands up. “Oh, please. I do not really care. It’s not like the smoke makes you murderous or lecherous or anything. It just makes you stupid. And I don’t understand why anyone would want to be stupid. So here.” She kneels in the cold sand and excavates the joint, handing it to Jay.

He makes anxious maternal noises as he tries to dry the joint out with the lighter, held at a distance. Finally satisfied, he lights it and puffs it back to life. “Ahh. That’s my baby. Close call.”

Maahjabeen sits back on her heels. “Maybe you can explain it to me. Because I do not understand. Islam requires us to keep our bodies and minds clean. I cannot comprehend why you would ever want to make it dirty.”

“Well, the thing is…” Jay takes another puff and cocks his head at a philosophical angle.

Maahjabeen plucks the joint from his fingers and hands it to Pradeep. “No. I want to hear from Pradeep. I respect his opinion.”

“Well, Jesus. Okay, then.” Jay falls back with an explosive laugh. “Guess I know where I stand.”

Pradeep gingerly takes a hit. He needed this. But he doesn’t think it will help his case with Maahjabeen if she hears that. He knows how she feels. He spent the first year working with Jay in solid disapproval of his stoner ways. But certain cannabis strains relieve Pradeep’s anxiety as well as any pharmaceutical. He shrugs. “I just see it as part of the continuum of life. We are merely animals who have evolved over millions of years, and we have always interacted with our environment, other animals and…” he holds up the burning joint, “…plants. We eat them, we smoke them, we rub them on our bodies and shove them up our bums. And it’s all for the effects. It’s the same as eating a papaya for the digestive enzymes. There’s nothing inherently wrong in the practice.”

“The Prophet said every intoxicant is unlawful.”

“But is that like how all your people feel?” Jay just can’t keep his mouth shut. “Because I once knew this Iranian dude in San Jose. Super chill. He said weed was basically fine in his culture because they didn’t think of it as a drug, just as like a relaxant and appetite stimulant. He said the Middle East basically invented herb.”

“It is true.” Pradeep takes another puff. “Sri Lanka can claim to have cultivated the first cannabis, as the Afghans also do with their Kush. It may have arisen in multiple places. Why did the Prophet hate intoxicants?”

“The people of the city had fallen into vice and could no longer hear the words of Allah. You do not need this. That is what he was trying to tell us. You do not need to burn a plant to find peace. Just listen to the word of God and you will…” Maahjabeen stops, interrupted by an unsettling silence.

Pradeep leans in. “What is it?”

“Hush.” Maahjabeen ducks under the door and steps outside. Why is it so quiet? The wind has died and the gray clouds are suspended above like curtains. The waves. The waves stopped. For one moment she watches in excited discovery as the water pulls back from the mouth of the lagoon, briefly revealing a shallow shelf of stone.

Then she realizes what that means.

“Up. Go. Run.” Her voice is hoarse. The words can’t come out of her mouth fast enough. “Yala. Up! Tsunami!”

That magic word gets the boys tumbling out the door and onto the sand. Maahjabeen is already scrambling up the side of the trunk as the water rushes in, overtopping the barrier rocks on the far side of the lagoon and filling it in an instant. It floods the beach. The water rises and rises…

From atop the trunk, the three of them cling to each other. With a fatalist dread they watch the sea green water rush toward them. It moves faster than they can run. But it is already slowing. By the time the swirling water reaches the trunk it is hardly a meter high. It foams at their feet for a long angry moment before pulling away, taking one of the planks of Maahjabeen’s shelter with it.

Then it is gone.

Maahjabeen shakes herself like a cat. That was close. The utterly terrifying power of the ocean and her own insignificance chop at her roots with stunning force. She’s as weak as this fallen tree.

Jay hops back down, laughing at their brush with death. “That was boss. Look, Prad. It took all the sand from under the trunk.”

“Ah! The poor shelter.” Pradeep scrambles back down to see if he can save it. Now that the sand floor has been pulled away, the twine-secured planks sag sadly against the trunk.

“But check out beneath. So much more is exposed. And see. There’s a big burl down here. This old boy may have been dealing with more infections than we knew.”

The thought that a viral infection might have felled this giant instead of a lightning bolt pleases Pradeep. He leaves the shelter aside. Not much he can do here without more twine. The tsunami, if that’s what it was, still rattles him. He doesn’t know how Jay can be so nonchalant. They were nearly swept away. He looks up at Maahjabeen with a frown. “Was that a true tsunami?”

“I am not sure yet. But sometimes there can be more than one. You should both stay up here with me until the sea settles.”

The wave sets have been obliterated by the tsunami and the green sea is a roiling, rocking mess webbed with foam. Why, she could paddle through that cauldron no problem to reach the open sea. Everything cancels everything else out. But for how long? She laughs like a madwoman, thinking how dangerous it would be.

Pradeep and Jay clamber back up onto the log beside her. They all watch the sea in silence as it slowly reorders itself.

From out of seemingly nowhere, Jay pulls out the still-lit joint and sucks on it, then passes it to Pradeep.

Maahjabeen has trouble categorizing what she just witnessed. “So there are rogue waves and there are tsunamis and they both have very different causes…”

But she isn’t teaching Pradeep and Jay anything they don’t already know. “Yeah, that was either a distant earthquake in the sea bed or, well…” Jay shrugs, “nobody’s really quite sure what causes rogue waves yet, do they?”

“The nonlinear Schrödinger equation!” Maahjabeen and Pradeep recite at the same time. Then they laugh. She continues. “Ah, you know about that? It is one of my favorite theories.”

“Fascinating bit of nonlinear modeling,” Pradeep agrees. “One wave might be able to steal the energy not only of the waves that follow, building itself up, but even from the one before it too.”

“Wait. How?” Jay can’t fathom how a wave racing forward could somehow pull energy from the wave in front of it. That’s why it was in front, wasn’t it? Because the one behind couldn’t reach it. The whole idea contradicts every surfer instinct he possesses.

“Basically little feedback loops can build solitons—” Pradeep begins before Maahjabeen excitedly takes over.

“Hyperbolic secant envelope solitons! They’re self-reinforcing wave packets that can maintain their coherence like halfway across the ocean. But the equations are so…” She throws up her hands. It is the physics of waves where she found the limits of her maths brain. “Like as long as a novel and tangled like a knot.”

“Ohh I love the classical field equations.” Pradeep takes his final hit. His thoughts are starting to collapse and settle within him. “They are so comforting.”

Maahjabeen hasn’t been able to talk about this with anyone in too long. “Alonso told me the island is a computer. Well the ocean is one too, just infinitely more complex. A squid eats a fish off the coast of Indonesia and it butterfly effects the motion into waves and currents that we still feel here. I once heard, though, that in order to model every interaction in the ocean, the computer would have to be the size of the ocean. So, to me, we should just study the ocean itself and learn what its outputs look like instead of building supercomputers to create simplistic artificial versions of it. Like, I don’t think we ever pay enough attention to laminar flow in the water surface layers myself. It is a very powerful interaction.”

“Wind knocking down my waves,” Jay agrees. “Bums me out.”

“But let’s say it was a tsunami…” Maahjabeen estimates where it likely originated, perhaps the Asian east coast. The Pacific and its ring of fire, all the hotspots that encircle the ocean, triggering volcanic eruptions and earthquakes and seaquakes that reshape the world. “Where would you say that is?”

“Uh, Taiwan?” Pradeep sights along her arm. “But I hope not. I mean I hope everyone is okay.”

Inshallah,” Maahjabeen intones, then drops her arm. “Well. The sea is returning to normal. I will say it is most likely a rogue wave. Tsunamis are faster and more like a general flood.”

Jay is skeptical. “That didn’t feel like a flood to you? There was no crest to that wave. No impact. Rogue wave, they might have heard the crunch back in camp. But nobody heard nothing.”

“Is everybody here an oceanic researcher?” Maahjabeen doesn’t mean for it to come out as petulant as it does, but she is tired of always being corrected. “Rogue waves can also be silent. That is why they can be called sleeper waves.”

“Fair point.” For as combative as Jay is, he gives up an argument as quickly as he starts one. “And I’m not disputing your expertise. Just a lifelong beach bum here. Yeah, they say when my family first had a ranch in Carmel, my like great-great aunt was sunbathing on the beach and got pulled out and drowned by a sleeper wave. They full-on terrify me.”

“So I guess no one will ever be spending the night in the shelter.” Pradeep sighs. “Oh, well. It was a good idea while it lasted.”

“No. Please rebuild it.” Maahjabeen touches Pradeep’s elbow and doesn’t register how electric he considers the contact. “We will be grateful to have it. It is for watching the ocean, yes?”

Pradeep gives her a tight smile. He is glad she appreciates her bungalow. But he really wishes she would lay those long graceful fingers on someone or something else.

Ξ

“This is the last climb here.” Amy calls down to Katrina, waiting for her to make her way past the tree that the Lisicans have placed inside the tunnel, a pale spotlight of indirect daylight illuminating the roughly vertical shaft. These villagers are like these sturdy little industrial shrews of humanity. Amy is reminded of the ancient troglodytes of the limestone caves of France. They lived in them over thousands of years. Some people are just born to dig.

“This is wild.” Katrina finally pulls herself up to Amy, eyes wide. “You should know, for your peace of mind, I’ve long ago stopped trying to think of where the best place to have a rave down here is. I just got really into the idea at first. Rave in a cave. Rave in a cave. It was like a refrain. But there’s just no way. I had no idea how immense it is down here. Just really incredible.”

“Rave in a cave.” Amy snorts. “Not sure how the Lisicans would feel about that.”

“Well. They’re all invited. Have you heard their music yet?”

“No music.” Amy’s breath is coming in short gasps as she climbs toward the last level bit of passage that leads to the village. “But their whole language is like music. You’ll see. Very sing-song.”

They approach the tunnel’s end to see the same man waiting for them as before, the silver fox curled at his feet.

Amy affixes a mask over her mouth and approaches. “Bontiik!” She chucks him under the chin. He does the same to her. The fox sniffs at her toes. Amy spreads her arms inclusively wide and turns to Katrina, who also puts a mask in place. “My friend! Katrina!”

The little man looks at her with shining dark eyes. He has reddish curls, not blond at all, and a calm authoritative air. He gestures with an open palm and says something long and involved in a mush of vowels and soft consonants. At least that’s how it sounds to Katrina. But then a single word sticks out. Ostati. It’s a form of ‘remain’ in Slavic languages. She repeats it aloud. “Ostati? Stay? Remain? Who stays?” Then, slow and simplified, she asks, “Da li govorite russki? Do you speak Russian?”

The man holds up a finger. “Da. Da li.” And then he continues, his words once again disintegrating into mush. But Amy was right. It is a pleasing sing-song mush. She just can’t make any sense of it.

“Are those Slavic words or is it just a coincidence?”

“That a fox is named Lisica in both languages? Impossible. Has to be. I wonder how he always knows we’re coming.” Amy nods and smiles again and again, making notes on her phone.

“What’s his name? Do we know?”

“Feel free to try.” Amy makes an exasperated gesture. She’s all out of ideas how to advance their dialogue.

Katrina pats herself on the chest. “Katrina. Katrina Oksana. Drago mi je… Um… Kako… kako se zoves?” She laughs. “Listen to me. I sound like a Serb. Come on, dude. What’s your name?”

He responds pleasantly, at length, his voice rising and falling. The more she hears of Lisican the more the words start to separate into units. But there’s all kinds of sub-vocalized consonants and glottal stops and fricatives Katrina doesn’t recognize. This will take some study, for sure. She takes out her own phone and starts recording everything he says.

After his speech he slides a dry slender hand across Katrina’s palm and grips it. He leads her from the tunnel.

The fox still sniffs at Amy’s feet. Finally satisfied, it turns and scampers after its human. “Woot. Passed the test.” She steps out and away from the cliff, to find that the village is framed in vibrant color, wreathed in flowers. “Wait. This wasn’t… Wow. Where’d all these flowers come from? This must be the spring bloom. How lovely!” Amy points at the clusters of orange and violet and pink and white flowers in clusters. “Yarrow and angelica and this is chamomile. You could make tea!” She has an audience now, four children and three adults hanging on each word. She holds up a chamomile flower and one of the little girls plucks it from its stem and pops it into her mouth.

The natives look healthy. Apart from their diminutive stature, their dark skin is clear, their bellies are not swollen. The elders don’t appear to be afflicted too badly by arthritis. Their teeth are strong. Amy wonders what their life expectancy is.

The man who greeted them now leads Katrina from house to house, speaking to someone within at each stop. Katrina nods her head and waves, but she can’t see inside the gloom. It feels like a formal tradition so she keeps her mouth shut and follows his lead.

At one house, older and more dilapidated than the others, the man puts a hand across Katrina’s chest to keep her at a distance. He doesn’t seem to realize or care that his forearm is pressed against her breast. He ducks low to send his voice through the low dark doorway and calls out in an aggressive, nearly hostile voice.

An ancient crone peers out, one eye filled with white cataracts. Her hair is white and nearly gone, the curls limp against her dark skull. She lifts a bony hand and speaks. It almost sounds like a curse. This is not a happy moment. He has evidently roused her from a long isolation.

The man takes the crone’s hand and pulls her forward to where Katrina waits. Tottering forward, complaining, her one good eye stares at the ground. The man joins her hand to Katrina’s and she finally looks up, blinking at the young Australian woman’s face.

For a long, trembling moment, everyone in the village watches the crone cup Katrina’s chin. Then with a ragged cry she pushes her away. “Guh-byyye.” She flaps a hand dismissively at Katrina and everyone starts talking all at once, begging the old woman to reconsider. But she only repeats the farewell again and again. “Guh-byyye. Guh-byyye.”

“Well.” Katrina tries not to feel rejected. This has nothing to do with her. But still, somehow, it stings. “They know some English, it seems. Uhh.” She waves at the old woman, who stares at her with hot tears and clenched, shaking fists. “Good-bye?”

The woman groans and spins away. The others all talk at once, some pulling at Katrina to ask further questions and others pulling at those to dissuade them. The man with the fox holds up his hands and defends his decision to bring her here.

Amy watches from the edge of the village, hands full of flowers. “Everything okay over there, Katrina?”

“I haven’t the foggiest.”

A woman emerges from her house bearing an abalone shell filled with smaller tusk shells and feathers. She carefully picks out three shells and a glossy black feather and presses them into Katrina’s hand. By her urging, Katrina offers the gift to the crone.

But the crone will not engage with Katrina. She is back at the door of her house, squatting to go back inside. She still mutters, “Guh-byyye… Guh-byyye…” with unmistakeable grief.

“She won’t take them.” Katrina hands the treasures back to the woman. “Nice try, though. Why doesn’t she like me?”

Now all the women and children and men speak, their words falling over each other, mild arguments springing up on each side. They pull on each other sharply to interrupt, although none of the heated words sound like insults.

Katrina records it all. “Uh… What do you think, Amy? Feel like we’ve out-stayed our welcome. Don’t you?”

“Maybe so.” Amy turns to the closest adults, a woman and man wearing tight headbands of twisted leaf and not much else. “But I still want to find out more about my friend Flavia. Flavia.”

They all fall silent to see if they can divine the meaning of her words. The children try to imitate her. “Flobby-uhh.”

Amy points at the tunnel mouth. “She was the first one out. Remember? And then you said she went up this way?” Amy retraces the path through the village to a tiny overgrown footpath on the far side. She points up it. “Flavia. Remember?”

Now the village falls silent again. Katrina marvels at the change and how quickly it came. Their faces go from animated and wide open to closed and staring at the ground. But this isn’t the same reaction they had with the crone. This is something… darker.

“I don’t like the looks on their faces much, to be honest.” Katrina sidles up to Amy. She doesn’t feel threatened. It’s only that these people are so alien. And she is so far from home. “What did they do to Flavia? Don’t tell me we found cannibals.”

“Uh, that’s racist.” But Amy’s words are hollow. Her mind is calculating, trying to tell if she’d get in any trouble by taking this trail. She holds up her hands, beseeching the villagers. “We have to find her. If she went this way we have to go. She’s our friend.”

Amy parts the fern fronds and takes her first step up the trail. She looks back. A wordless seething resentment sweeps through the villagers. One young boy lifts a hand and yells at her, “jidadaa!” but his mother pulls his arm down and shields him from Amy.

“Okay. Fine. I don’t understand why but I’ll turn back if you don’t want me to go.” Amy lifts her hands in surrender to re-enter the village. But the adults of the village hurry forward, holding their hands up, muttering the words Wetchie-ghuy and koox̱. She is not welcome any more. Amy steps back, not wanting to be pushed. “Oh. Ehh. Shoot. I appear to have made some terrible mistake. Sorry. So sorry. I promise I won’t do it again.”

But still they won’t let her back into the village. The children withdraw into the houses and even the man with the fox won’t look at her. He only holds his hands up to push her out if she tries to come back in.

“Oh no! Katrina! Help! What have I done?”

“You went up the wrong path, I guess. The koox̱ path. Maybe… Maybe you need some of those gifts like the shells and the feathers. Maybe they’ll forgive you then.”

“Fine. Yeah. And how am I supposed to get them from here? I wasn’t doing anything wrong! We need to find Flavia.” Amy can’t believe she lost their love so quickly. Things had been going so well! “Come on, guys! It isn’t like I have a choice!”

“We should get you out of there.” Katrina starts scouting the heavily-wooded edges of the village. “Do you think you can like skirt around back to the tunnel mouth? Get you back to camp and try this again someday?”

“I’m trying…” But Amy can tell the thickets are impassable. The only way back is through the village. “But they won’t let me. I think I might have to go up this trail and look for Flavia myself, Katrina. I mean, it’s the only way left.”

Katrina has no words. Amy is right, but there’s too much inexplicable significance here. These decisions are clearly too weighty to be blundered into. “Okay. Gah. I hate it but you’re right, I guess. Well, good-bye.”

“Good-bye.” Amy turns to leave. But another voice from further up the koox̱ trail stops her.

“Don’t say good-bye.” It is Flavia. “To them it means betrayal.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

Book II – Empirical Emotions

16 – Again And Again

Pradeep leads Mandy and Katrina on an expedition to the west edge of Tenure Grove. It’s gotten less attention so far because it is nothing but impenetrable undergrowth. But they’re dressed for it. Katrina wears pinstripe coveralls. Pradeep carries his collection pack. Mandy is in her red storm parka zipped up to her chin.

“You’re going to get holes in it,” Pradeep tells Mandy when they pause at the edge of the brush. “And it will be so hot.”

“Nothing gets through this fabric.” Mandy proudly presents a sleeve the thickness of canvas. “A Norwegian fish boat pilot I met swears by it. He said even their flensing knives can’t go through it. Cost like my entire budget that month. But yeah. It doesn’t breathe at all. So if things get too active in there I’ll definitely start boiling.”

Pradeep turns his attention to the closest shrub. “So this must be a variant of boxwood or myrtle.” He snares a limb, finger-thick, growing nearly straight out of the ground and towering over his head. Its little serrated diamond leaves hang in yellow-green clusters. “Some have berries. But this doesn’t. I think it’s probably an Oregon Boxwood. Here is a quite stout rhododendron. And these are… five-finger ferns? My fern game is sadly very weak.” He pushes through their fronds to a larger, different type. “And this is, ah, Western sword fern? Look at the size of it. I’ve never seen one so big. Now…” Pradeep kneels and pulls its broad fronds aside. “Yes, down here. Look.”

Katrina and Mandy kneel beside him. There is a dark understory beneath the green thicket above, its floor littered with gray and black dead leaves, stretching ahead into impassable stands of bare limbs. Mandy shares an uncertain look with Katrina, who shrugs.

Pradeep is too excited to contain himself. With one of his brilliant smiles and a flourish he declares, “Thank you for coming… to the fantastical world of spiders!”

Mandy pulls away with a little shriek.

Katrina makes a face. “Ah. Aha. Spiders? That’s what we’re doing? I thought you were going to show us something, ehh…”

“Like the twister in the nook!” Mandy crosses her arms. “Dude, you can’t just say who wants to see something and oh yeah bring your burliest clothes, then not tell us it’s to go mess with spiders.”

The enthusiasm fades from Pradeep’s face. “I always forget how people feel about spiders. Uh. That’s fine. You don’t need to stay.”

They’re both touched by how crestfallen he is. Katrina puts a hand on his shoulder. “It’s okay, mate. I’m not frightened of them. It’s just… not what I was expecting.”

With a sigh, Mandy puts the hood of her parka up and cinches it. “You know we still love you, Pradeep. You’re just a weirdo. So what’s the plan? Are we collecting spiders? Do you have gloves?”

“Well, if you don’t want to, maybe you could just stand back and document them with pictures? Unless you aren’t comfortable…”

“No, that’s fine. I can take pictures. Do they bite? I mean, I know spiders bite. But are any here like super aggressive?”

“Well. I’ll do all the collecting. So if any of them attack they will jump at me.” Pradeep crawls in first.

“Well. Glad I wore coveralls.” Katrina kneels and follows. “Are we looking for all spiders? Just the ones on the ground? Or just—? Yeh, there’s a web right there. But I don’t see a spider. Aren’t those called weavers? Such a pretty name.”

“Ah, yes, that’s the classic Araneid bullseye pattern. Fresh too. She is probably hiding on a twig at one of the anchor points. Excuse me. Let me just get in there if I could…”

Katrina retreats from her spot and Pradeep pushes past her, their bodies bumping and scraping in the tight passage. Katrina laughs. “Oo baby. Whatever happened to personal space? Remember that one time I like touched your arm and you freaked? I guess I should have just had a spider to show you.”

Pradeep is intent on the web, unaware that what he presses so roughly against is soft flesh. “Eh? Oh. Yes, I suppose I can get kind of focused when I’m working. Sorry.”

“No worries. Like at all, big boy.” Katrina’s juices are stirring. She hasn’t gone this long without a good shag since she was like fifteen. And now his arm is grazing her nipple and he doesn’t even realize it. She blows Pradeep a kiss and he finally tunes in to her flirtations enough to blush.

Mandy crouches at the edge of the understory, peering in. “And how is this dark hollow filled with spiders and god knows what else not giving you anxiety, Pradeep? I mean, if you don’t mind me asking. There’s all kinds of nightmare fuel in here. Like, what more do you need?”

“Most of my anxieties…” Pradeep speaks absently, shining his phone’s light on the web so he can follow its strands to the spider’s likely hideout, “…are social ones. It’s people who get to me. Flora and fauna aren’t… mean or selfish. They just are.”

“See, I have trouble with unknowns too.” Mandy takes a picture of Pradeep and Katrina with her phone, the flash a brilliant spike in the dark. They both grimace, blinded. “That’s how I got into the study of weather. It’s like the least predictable thing in the whole world and I needed to feel like I understood it so that, well… I mean, really it’s because I’m a control freak.”

“No…” Katrina’s voice drips with disbelief. “Say it ain’t so.”

“What?” Mandy grows self-conscious. “You noticed? Aw shoot. I thought I’d been pretty good out here so far. I haven’t strangled Amy over her placement of the kitchen yet or needed to re-arrange the lab tables five times a day. I’ve been behaving.”

“Esquibel revealed what’s behind that sweet little smile of yours. Told me all about your mastermind plans for world domination.”

“She did? What did she say?” Now Mandy is intrigued. It’s no secret that both she and Esquibel find Katrina hot. Is her lover talking Mandy down so she can make moves on Katrina herself? No, Esquibel would never do that. Would she?

“It was when we thought we’d lost Maahjabeen and she was worried about how upset you were. Esquibel said you were wasting away because you couldn’t control the situation.”

“Hmf.” Mandy doesn’t know how she feels about that. Part of her is touched by the concern. But isn’t this an invasion of privacy? Or perhaps they’re all just becoming better friends, learning more about each other. “Well, you should know Esquibel can be very controlling too. And she always kicks me when we sleep.”

Pradeep and Katrina laugh. He says, “I’ve never met a doctor who isn’t controlling. Absolute career prerequisite, I’m sure.”

“So, I’ll just like be your scout I guess.” Katrina crouches deeper and scuttles ahead, pushing the bare limbs aside. “Oh, here’s a good one! And look at the size of the lad! What a color!”

Pradeep squawks in excitement and pushes right up against Katrina. The spider sitting in the center of is web is bright orange and as big as his littlest fingernail. Its black and white legs hook its web, patiently waiting for a meal. Several former winged insects are bundled within the strands, their juices sucked dry. “That is a lovely Argiope. But the web has no stabilimentum. Curious. Most related species do. This might be a new one.” He smiles at Katrina, only a handspan away. “We can name it after you. You discovered it. Would you prefer Argiope katrina or oksana?”

Mandy has crawled in, up against their feet. She chirps, “I think it has to be Argiope dj bubblegum.”

They all laugh.

Katrina’s attraction to Pradeep is rising to new levels. He is the definition of tall, dark, and handsome. And he is just the sweetest and oddest man. Nobody has ever offered to name a species after her before. She finds herself falling into his dark brown eyes. If she knew it wouldn’t make him squeal like a schoolgirl she’d kiss him. Katrina takes a deep breath before she gets carried away. Oh, well. This randy girl will just have to satisfy herself with Pradeep’s firm body pressed up against hers.

But then in a sudden surprise, Mandy climbs over both of them, flattening them in the dead leaf litter. They collapse with a laugh as she demands, “I want to see!” She rests her chin on Pradeep’s shoulder, her leg over Katrina’s rump. “Oh my god, it’s so pretty!”

“Well, this is the craziest threesome I’ve ever been in.” Katrina turns and kisses Mandy instead, a brief sweet peck. When she pulls back she can tell from the look in Mandy’s eyes the girl is hungry for more. Well well. This is news to Katrina. She’s not sure if that’s a good idea. The last thing she needs is to get Esquibel angry with her. She’s the bloody doctor.

“Can I please get up?” Pradeep’s muffled voice breaks the spell.

Katrina giggles and turns away, wiping the corner of her mouth.

Mandy stares at her with a gimlet smile. More than anything, she is flattered that this gorgeous blonde Australian girl likes her enough to kiss her. All the rest of it can wait.

Katrina scoots forward down a forking opening, scouting further. Mandy rolls off Pradeep into the empty space and takes out her phone. She takes a picture of the spider named after Katrina and makes it a favorite by pressing on the heart.

“Oh, wow!” Katrina calls out. She’s advanced a few meters and they can’t see her. “Check this out!”

Pradeep army crawls toward the sound of Katrina’s voice…

The natives. It must have been the people of Lisica who’d cleared out this hidden chamber under the boxwood, an oval roughly five meters in diameter. Several large trunks act as columns, but the ground has been swept clear of litter and a couple flat redwood bark planks serve as furniture along the far wall.

Pradeep and Mandy crawl in, exclaiming in surprise one after the other. “This is incredible.” Mandy and Katrina can stand but he remains kneeling. “How many hidden spots do they have here?”

“And we thought for two whole weeks we were the only people on Lisica.” Katrina chuckles at the fallacy.

“Yeah. Well.” Mandy sits on one of the planks, unable to focus on this shadowed hollow. She still feels the glow of Katrina’s kiss. But she’s unsure what made the girl pull away and now she’s starting to get worried that she might never get a taste of those sweet lips again. Mandy sighs. “This place is full of mysteries.”

Ξ

Jay swings in his hammock, staring at the intershot network of branches above and the gray clouds. He could be anywhere on the whole west coast from the Sur up to Oregon’s Gold Coast. They couldn’t have found a biome that feels more to him like home.

And now he can’t move. God damn it. Being injured sucks balls. He pushed it way too hard yesterday, and now even though his bladder is nearly bursting the last thing he wants to do is fall out of the snug hammock and crawl his dumb ass down to the jakes.

“Man, that is a hell of a maze down there.” The sound of his voice in the quiet gets him going. With a groan he grabs both edges of the hammock and heaves himself up, his lower back and hips screaming. This is when he usually lifts his legs and swings them over the edge but his obliques and quads are having none of that.

Jay grunts, locked up. He’s used to waking up in a hammock sore and empty. His usual twenty mile days on steep coastal mountains end footsore and delirious. Especially if he’s been smoking mad herb. But yesterday he did like twenty miles on his belly. And as his high school soccer coach taught him, no matter how good of shape you’re in, you’re only in good shape for that activity. A runner can’t just suddenly swim. They’re whole different muscle groups and kinesthetic chains. A runner isn’t even ready to play soccer. Not until they strengthen their lower calves and hip flexors for that stop/start burst. So Jake, who hasn’t been underground in almost a year, is not at all in shape for a marathon caving sesh. And definitely not with a broken hand and dislocated ankle.

He rolls over his right shoulder onto the ground, landing in the sand on his face, which sends a sharp pain through the base of his skull. Oh, great. Now his neck hurts too? Man. Careful there. He had bad tension headaches as a kid. The last thing he needs is for them to return. Maybe he can convince Mandy to work on it. When she isn’t tearing his scar tissue apart, she actually does some pretty great deep massage. Her touch on his skin sure feels nice. Too bad she’s taken. He halts that train of thought and chuckles at himself. Look, chief, she ain’t for you. He doesn’t know if Mandy is gay or bi or monogamous or whatever but he just doesn’t want to get on Esquibel’s bad side. She’s the fucking doctor.

“I’m having… like a competition… with Maahjabeen…” Getting himself to his feet takes a comically long time. “See… who… heals last!” Finally he straightens. Well, kind of. He totters forward barefoot in the cold sand. “And I win! Suck it, ocean girl.”

On his way back from the trenches his limbs start to unwind. It’s clear that a little walk around camp is in order. He’s famished too. If he’s going to get any work done today he’s going to need some fuel. Didn’t someone say there was a carton of powdered eggs that still hadn’t been unpacked? Let’s see what he can make of those.

“Anybody else hungry?” As far as Jay can tell camp is empty but a lone, deep voice calls out, “Me. Por favor.”

“Alonso, my man. Coming right up. How’s a tofu omelet sound? With maybe like… You know what? Amy and me are thinking of harvesting some seaweed. Maybe if we get some edible varieties we can actually get some salad back on the menu. And if it’s too tough I was thinking we could steep it in your red wine for a few days.”

“An omelet would be amazing.”

Jay laughs at the disembodied voice and starts looking at the bins that remain unopened. “Yes sir, leave the seaweed experiments up to me. Good call. Aha! Here we go! Eggs for days! And a whole canister of powdered garlic! I’m in heaven!”

Twenty minutes later, Jay presents Alonso with a steaming plate on a tray with a mug of tea and dried bananas and blueberries as garnish. Alonso sets aside his laptop and accepts it with a grateful smile. Then he sighs hugely and rubs his eyes. He’s been at work now for hours.

“It looks delicioso. But where is yours?”

“Yeah, I ate as I cooked. Already done. Got a little excited and burned myself.” Jay, speaking with more care than normal because of his scalded tongue, sits on the platform at Alonso’s side.

Alonso laughs at him. “My god, you are your own worst enemy. You get hurt every day. Are you like this on every trip or is this one somehow special?”

Jay laughs at himself, carefree. “Yeah, I’m an idiot. You know what I think my trouble is here? Lisica is so familiar that I keep subconsciously like letting my guard down, thinking I’m still on home turf. But it isn’t. This is an island in the middle of the ocean. I forget I got to bring my A game at all times.”

“That is some good insight there, hermano. So tell me. What was it like underground?”

“Well, it’s pretty cool. Triquet told us about this bioluminescent fungus and I spent like twenty minutes trying to take a picture of it. Here’s the best one.” Jay takes out his phone and shows Alonso a dim blue-green fluorescent blob, grainy and out of focus.

Alonso grunts, then carves another slice out of the omelet. “This is so good. How did you make it so fluffy?”

“Had to whip it like a French chef. Yeah…” Jay frowns at his fungus picture. “Can’t really tell anything about it at all. Too bad. This is supposed to be for Prad. Any idea where he is?”

“He went off that way with a couple others.” Alonso points his fork at the west end of the grove. The more of the omelet he eats, the faster he wants to eat it. It really is the tastiest meal he’s had in days. Too soon, the last bite is gone. “Ahh. Thank you very much, Jay. That omelet was fantastic.”

“Sure thing. You can have one every day. Yeah, Miriam did a great job setting lines down there so I never felt lost. It’s just… there’s so much. All this digging must be like their second job or something. Come and haul out another few shovels of dirt like your grandpa did every day of his whole life. We still ain’t done yet.”

“So these are not natural tunnels?”

“I mean, some are. Carved by water. But most are dug. And then there’s the concrete culvert under the beach. I have no idea what the military was thinking. Maybe they were going to run it all the way up to the pool to give themselves a better source of water? The sea cave and its hidden base needed to be supplied? I don’t know. You’re going to have to get down there yourself somehow and check it out.”

“That appears sadly out of the question.” Alonso squeezes his knees. It is not only his feet that were broken. His torturers swung their rods against his shins and knees with equal ferocity. “But I appreciate the report from the front lines. Oh! I cannot work any more. I need to do something, anything. Even if it hurts.”

“Okay, partner.” Jay groans as he pulls himself to his feet. He collects Alonso’s tray with one hand and holds out the other for Alonso to grasp. “Come with me. Let’s go take a look at things.”

It feels like climbing a mountain, getting out of this camp chair. But Alonso lets Jay haul him forward and up and then he totters on those two broken pillars of dull fire again. Their heat will intensify, the longer he stands on them. The clock has already started ticking. “Where are we headed?”

Jay cackles, happy to have gotten Alonso to come with him. “I don’t know. Where haven’t you been yet?”

“Anywhere.” Alonso shrugs. “I was on the beach at first. Then I’ve been in the bunker and…” He shrugs again, realizing how sad it is. “That’s all, I guess.”

“Oh, man. You haven’t even seen the waterfall? Wait. I’ve got an idea. Give me ten seconds to get rid of this.”

Jay hobbles away with the tray. Alonso watches him go, then realizes he should get started moving in that direction. Jay will catch up to him. Ah! There was that one other time he ventured into the bushes here to pee. That’s when he saw the native child. A vision. A vision that has come true. Remember, Alonso. Be careful here. This is where you tripped and cracked your head open last time. By the time he catches his breath, Jay has returned with Triquet, who wears a floral housecoat and a scarf.

Now Jay carries a duffel bag, nearly full. “Hey, Alonso, do you know how to play cribbage?”

“Eh?” Images flicker through Alonso’s mind, of his uncle, Julio, and his nicotine-stained fingers and the nicotine-stained cards he always carried. Cribbage was one of the many games the dapper old Spaniard had taught him. His earliest introduction to number theory, probability, and statistics. “Yes. Why?”

“Because,” Triquet gently links their arm with Alonso’s to provide support, “when Mister Hophead here asked in the bunker if anyone wanted to smoke a doobie and play cribbage by the pool I couldn’t resist.”

“Oh. Is that what we’re doing?” Alonso leans against Triquet, his heart easing. “Ah, Triquet. Thank you. I’d follow you anywhere.”

Jay shows them the contents of the duffel. “Indica for the aches and pains. And you get to sit on the bank and put your feet in the water. Look. I’ve got a blanket.”

He pushes his way through a stand of ferns, the ground covered in clover and luminous moss. They follow, finally fetching up at the edge of the pool. Alonso stares at the falling cascade, struck by its grace and beauty. “I saw it on the drone video. From above. But it is so much bigger than I thought it would be! It is glorious! But wait, Triquet. This is what you tried to dive through?”

Triquet makes a face. “Did I tell you how desperate I was at the time? And that it doesn’t look so dangerous from the other side?”

“You are crazy. I take back all the nice things I just said about you.” Alonso pushes on Triquet’s arm in jest.

“Definitely a baller move.” Jay puts a fleece blanket down over the irregular rock shelf at the pool’s edge. “And you still somehow escaped unscathed. You’ll have to teach me your ways.”

They lower Alonso’s suffering body onto the blanket. Soon, a game of three-handed cribbage is in full swing. They fall to silently arranging their cards and taking drags off the joint. Alonso’s head immediately starts to swim. He has never been much of a smoker but the high is similar enough to wine to be enjoyable.

“But wait. The whole point was to get Alonso’s feet in the water.”

Jay’s voice comes from a long way away. Oh no. Miriam was right. This is powerful shit. His perspective telescopes forward and back like in a Hitchcock movie. He drops his gaze to watch Triquet fuss with his shoes. Those are Alonso’s own feet but they seem so far away. Good. The pain is in the distance.

“Tell me if I’m going too fast.”

Yes, Triquet also sounds far away. Everyone is so far. How sad. It’s just Alonso and the waterfall now.

“Jay.” Triquet snaps their fingers in front of Alonso’s face, trying to get his attention. “I think you broke him.”

“Yeah, I doubt he had much access to weed in a VA hospital. Well, let’s get his feet in the water and see if that helps.”

The cold water against Alonso’s skin is like an electric shock. It jolts through him with an awful stab, jangling his nerves. But he doesn’t pull his feet out. The THC and its related cannabinoids soothe him as the shock turns to crystal cold vitality. There is life in this water. It runs up his legs, recharging him. As the cold eases the ache in his feet, circuits are completed within him for the first time in nearly six years and Alonso rouses himself.

“Fifteen-two, fifteen-four, and a run of three is seven.” Alonso startles them by adding up his score and pushing the cards toward Jay. He suddenly feels great, better than he has in years.

“Well well well.” Triquet nods, happy to see their efforts bearing fruit. Alonso’s face clears and for the very first time here on Lisica, he looks like the man Triquet saw when they first met. It was way back when they were an undergrad and Alonso came to Ann Arbor to lecture. Triquet had gotten an instant crush on the older man. He had been so stylish and accomplished. Not like the victim they’ve been nursing here the last couple weeks.

Triquet takes another light puff. No need to get wasted. This is just a little break in the day before getting back to urgent matters such as locating Flavia in the interior and establishing some kind of relationship with the Lisicans. “I’ve got a double run for eight.”

Jay frowns. “Well you didn’t tell me you were both some kind of goddamn card sharks. I’ve only got a pair. Two points. And the crib… is empty. Great.”

Alonso and Triquet laugh at Jay’s ill fortune.

He glares at them, struck by what oddballs they all are. Alonso is such a character and Triquet is a complete fucking original and Jay knows that he himself is something of a cartoon to most people. Without thinking how it might sound, he blurts, “Do you ever like wonder why normal people don’t come out on projects like this?”

An uncomfortable silence greets his words. Triquet looks at Jay like he just called them a slur. Alonso is embarrassed for him.

“What? I mean, like take my cousins in San Clemente for example. Got normal jobs. Weddings and kids and houses and cars. The whole suburban thing. Why aren’t any of them here?”

“Are you… trying to imply that I am not normal?” Triquet fights the growing knot of sickness in their gut. Not again. Not here.

Jay blinks at both of them, unable to process what the problem is. “Ohh. You think I mean normal in a good way? Nah, not at all. To me normal is an insult. I’ve done all I could my whole life to let my freak flag fly.”

“So… you’re a freak?”

“Hundred percent. Aren’t you?”

Alonso lifts a hand. “Jay.”

Triquet covers Alonso’s hand with their own, very much against needing someone else to speak for them. A deep breath helps dispel the growing impulse to shout at this clueless young man. “I don’t ever like reminding people of their privilege, Jay, but… Normalcy isn’t just like what bands you like or what sports team you follow. Leave it to the white guy to be like, ‘Ew, the normals. How tired is everybody of them?’ Well the rest of us don’t have that luxury. Being normal is whether you belong or are accepted by society at large. It can literally be the difference between life and death.”

“Fucking A, what a great speech.” Jay rocks back, mind blown. “That is some serious wisdom you’re dropping. But. At the same time. I mean. Normal still isn’t great. Can’t we do better? When we were all in high school me and my buddies said we’d never get married. Literally like all of our parents were divorced. What was the point? As an institution it just like curled up and died. Then last year, Glen came out as gay and said he was getting married. And the rest of us were like, Dude. I get it. You become a full legal member of society but this is our chance to build something I don’t know, better than marriage, more meaningful. Or just more accurate for modern relationships. And now suddenly we’re on opposite sides of this issue.”

“Why is that suddenly his responsibility?” Triquet shrugs off the claims made here. “Why does being in the vanguard for one issue mean that we’re all of a sudden responsible to reinvent this whole other thing that straight white dudes ruined? I’m not your savior. Glen isn’t going to clean up your messes. He probably just wants a car and a family in the suburbs, if he’s like most people.”

“Wow, these are all such amazing points.” Jay pounds on his knee. “You are so right. Glen’s totally got enough on his plate. His husband has health problems. They needed the medical coverage. So yeah. I’ll like spend my social capital on revolution and let him and Farrell raise kids and join the PTA. I am so glad you set my head straight about that, doc.” Jay takes another huge hit from the joint and offers it to Alonso, who declines. “So, what about you, Alonso? Would you ever get married?”

“My wife would never let me.”

Jay giggles. He passes the joint to Triquet instead. “And what about you, Triquet?”

Triquet takes a hefty drag then makes a face. “Me? Never. Marriage is for squares.”

Ξ

As morning turns to afternoon, Maahjabeen finds that her body is finally starting to obey her wishes again. She is getting range of motion back in her spine and shoulders. Excitement builds in her, a nervous energy running down her limbs. Her hands make fists, wanting to grasp the paddle again. Her toes flex to steer the rudder. But she isn’t anywhere near the water.

With a brief bark of residual pain she stands from her seat at the long tables inside the bunker, where she’d been collating data from Mandy’s weather station and comparing it to her readings of local currents. Maahjabeen stretches as Esquibel exits the clean room.

“I heard you exclaim.” Esquibel assesses Maahjabeen, watching the young woman raise her hands far over her head. “Ah, that’s some good flexibility, Maahjabeen. How does it feel?”

“It feels like it is time for me to get back on the water. How about you, Doctor Daine? Are you much of a boater?”

Esquibel makes a face and shakes her head no. “I keep my time on the water to steel-hulled ships. You people in your fragile little boats make me so nervous.”

Maahjabeen laughs. “Yes, well you sailors in your big ships make us paddlers nervous. Do you think you can help me get my baby to the beach? I miss the water so much.”

“Are you ready?” But Esquibel can tell Maahjabeen has reached the point in her recovery where she won’t be dissuaded. “This is the critical time right now for re-injury. You need to be careful.”

“Yes. Careful.” Maahjabeen swears to herself she will be. This enforced recovery has been driving her insane. She’ll do anything to make sure she never has to go through that again. Lifting a solemn hand, she swears, “On the graves of my ancestors, I won’t do anything stupid.”

“You mean, like carry a boat all the way around that fallen tree and down to the beach?” Esquibel shakes her head. Humans are so foolish. Especially the young ones. “Let’s find someone else to help me do it. You just keep doing some gentle stretching. And if you feel something twinge, I need you to shut it down, okay?”

“Yes. Shut it down. Ah! Here’s Amy. She’s strong.”

Amy enters the bunker, her smile flickering when she hears this. But she shakes her head and re-asserts her sunny disposition and approaches them. “Hello, everyone. Or, should I say, Bontiik, and then I nudge you under your chin like this.” Amy uses the second knuckle of her index finger to gently chuck Esquibel on the point of her chin. “That is how you greet someone in Lisican.”

Esquibel and Maahjabeen stare at Amy in shock. Things are evidently progressing much faster than they thought. Neither of them have been through the tunnels to the interior. To Esquibel it sounds forbidding, like a medical emergency waiting to happen. Maahjabeen has already had enough of the tunnels after trying to initially pursue Flavia. Also, the interior is too far from the shore, it’s the last place Maahjabeen wants to be.

“Lisican.” Maahjabeen tries the word. “Yes, I suppose… Is that what they call themselves?”

“Yes, well, their silver foxes. Katrina was right. They call them all forms of Lee-zee. Lisicha, Lisipatxo, Lisibaba. It was the word that we both understood and let them know I was ready to learn how to communicate. And then, wow. Once you gain their trust they’re really engaging. Very lively. And it’s funny for once to be the tallest person in the group.” Amy’s irrepressible giggle interrupts her story. “Now what did you need help with?”

“Can you help Esquibel carry my kayak to the beach? I need to be on the water. Just in the lagoon. Nothing ambitious. But I just never spend this much time on land. I am like a beached dolphin. Drying out and dying.”

Amy nods, sympathetic. “Of course. Of course. But only on one condition. No. Two.”

“Two conditions?” Maahjabeen assumes her bargaining face. Market-stall haggling is second nature to her. “What are they?”

“First, learn the greeting. Bontiik.” Amy chucks Maahjabeen under the chin.

Maahjabeen can’t deny that request. “Bontiik.” She reaches out and uncertainly touches Amy on the chin.

“I’m pretty sure the gesture has to be across the chin, like a gentle nudge. They kept correcting me.” Amy does it again.

Maahjabeen chucks Amy under the chin. “And your second condition?”

“That we bring both boats and I go out on the water with you.”

“Ehhh…” To Maahjabeen, the solitude the water brings is half what she needs. But before she can formulate an argument…

“Yes. Good plan.” Esquibel decides for her. “Now let’s get the boats. I can watch from shore. Get me out of my little room for a little while.” She fetches a hat and sunglasses.

Maahjabeen accepts her fate. The lagoon is large. Perhaps they can split up at some point and she can get some time alone.

It takes another ten minutes for everyone to gather their things and pull the boats out from under the big platform. Amy in front, Esquibel in back, they each hold the handle of a boat in both hands to carry them at the same time. They’ve loaded the cockpits and hatches with the few things they need. Amy has brought her own hat and a pair of the Dyson readers.

Maahjabeen hates this new giant fallen redwood trunk across the beach. It prevents her from being able to see as much of the water as she could before from camp and it prevents access. She just wants it gone. But it is just so huge there is no way they will ever be able to move it. Well. God has a plan. Inshallah.

To get around the roots they have to put the blue boat down and carry the yellow one first, then return for the second one to slowly navigate it through the choked passage. Finally they bring the kayaks to the shore and put Maahjabeen in place. They shove her off and she’s free, she’s actually free again once more.

Her shoulders still hurt when she paddles but she doesn’t care. This is the exact movement that originally injured her after all, but these are also the muscles that are strongest in her. Her body knows she must paddle. It is what she is built to do.

Within a dozen strokes she’s across the lagoon and getting swept across the inner face of the barrier rocks in an ebbtide current. With a strong dig in the water, she pivots and dances back out of the current before it brings her to the mouth of the lagoon. She paddles back, surprised to see Amy already in the water, churning out to her with short, powerful strokes that lift the nose of the blue boat above the waterline. Maahjabeen had been about to demand the same proficiency roll as she had of Pradeep, but Amy’s handling is so expert it would be nothing but bad manners. Well. At least she won’t have to worry about Amy drowning out here.

“Ohh this is so nice getting back out on the water again.” Amy leans her head back and sighs. “There was a time I basically lived on the water. Monterey Bay. Do you know it?”

“I have heard of it but I have never been to the United States.”

“Oh, we’ve got some fantastic paddling all over the country. I managed the sea lion populations for a number of years there. About twelve. And summers were up in Resurrection Bay, Alaska running killer whale trips for tourists. Isn’t kayaking the best?”

“God provides,” is all Maahjabeen can manage, suddenly afraid that this blocky old Japanese woman has more experience in the one thing that makes Maahjabeen special and the one valuable skill she can bring to this project. No. But that is not the case. She is still the only marine researcher here, the only one who can tell them what is happening in the wider ocean around them. That is, if she can ever actually access it.

Amy trails her hand in the frigid water. “Oh, look at all this sea grass. If it was any warmer we’d be snorkeling down there daily. But I don’t have a wetsuit for these temperatures. Do you?”

Maahjabeen shakes her head no, remembering how she forbid the use of the lagoon to Katrina. Could she do the same for Amy? She doubted it. The biologist has a clear right to be here, studying the life forms and making whatever collections she wants, despite Maahjabeen’s desire to keep the lagoon pristine.

“How’s the shoulders?” Amy’s maternal concern does make Maahjabeen regret her selfishness and she smiles in gratitude.

“Fine. Better. The more I paddle the better they feel. But look. You will appreciate this.” Maahjabeen navigates her boat to the mouth of the lagoon so they can both study the impassable rollers. “Here is the door to my jail cell. Without an outboard motor or a killer whale’s tail I just can’t get over those wave tops. The only time I could was before the storm.”

“Yes, I’ve been watching the ocean too. Big Japanese past-time, you know. Get the rhythm of the local tides in your blood. And talk to everyone you see about the weather. Basically every Japanese conversation starts and ends with weather. All the natural cycles.”

Maahjabeen only listens, staring at the unending rollers. Great. Amy might be a better oceanographer than her as well. Now what is Maahjabeen good for here? Leading morning prayer?

“It is a puzzle, though, isn’t it?” Amy paddles past the mouth, skipping her boat across the strong current before it can take her. “The thing is, I think if we get down to this angle we might see something.” She continues on toward the barrier rocks right off the eastern point. “Oh, this is a much better vantage point than what I’ve been able to see from the beach. Yes… Watch what happens when this sea stack gets hit by the second wave. The big one.”

Maahjabeen follows and waits. The wave hits the wall of rock with a crump, spraying a massive wall of white foam outward. Then on the return it sucks the surrounding water in.

“Watch here. See how that draw drops the next wave? Just like stops it in its tracks, but just right here.”

Maahjabeen nods, elated. “And the next one too. So the first two waves of the set get canceled here? There might be enough space to pass. But that’s awfully close to the rock.”

“Yeah, it’s a sprint for sure. But if you watch, there’s an epicycle. Every twentieth or twenty-first set is a much bigger wave that cancels out the next five.”

“Five waves of a set? That’s nearly a minute. I could get across that stretch in a minute no problem.”

“Yes, well, the benefits of patience.”

Now Maahjabeen is fairly certain Amy is a better oceanographer than she is. And just a better scientist in general. Her CV must be outrageous. And that collegial manner pays so many dividends. If Maahjabeen had been less reserved and territorial she may have learned these important things earlier. But it was not to be helped. She’d dealt with so much insanity on her previous jobs she needed to learn how to trust people again. Now she is just grateful to be in a position to have things go right. And she might even get out past the rollers after all! “Inshallah!” Oh, God does provide!

“You can say that again!” Amy laughs, wowed by the sudden transformation in Maahjabeen. Good lord but the young lady has the most scintillating smile. And her excitement to face the open ocean is infectious. Amy can’t wait to go herself.

But wait. Mandy is back on the shore, waving them in. Esquibel stands beside her, talking. But Mandy is intent on getting their attention. “Oh, no.” Maahjabeen slumps. “Not again.”

Amy paddles close to shore. “Another storm?”

Mandy nods. “Another storm.”

They take one more long paddle around the lagoon, Maahjabeen intent on getting her body right. Then they haul the boats from the water as the western wind strengthens and that corner of the sky begins to darken. With a sigh, Maahjabeen rests the paddle across her shoulders and supervises Esquibel and Amy’s packing.

“Look.” Mandy touches Maahjabeen’s shoulder. She points behind them. Pradeep is there, at the fallen redwood. He has collected the thick shell pieces of its bark that fell off on impact and he is now building a modest lean-to up against the trunk. When he sees them watching he motions to them.

Mandy and Maahjabeen approach. Pradeep lifts the largest bark pieces above, to serve as a roof. He ties them down with twine. “How do you like it?”

“So cozy!” Mandy ducks within.

Maahjabeen turns and asks loudly enough for Esquibel to hear, “I thought we weren’t supposed to build any structures?”

Esquibel, carrying both kayaks with Amy, looks at the lean-to with a pinched expression. She shrugs. “I can’t imagine it looks like a structure from above.”

“The satellites are fooled!” Pradeep celebrates by placing a lintel over the door. He ties it off then bows formally to Maahjabeen. “Your Highness. May I present you with the keys?”

She laughs, unsure what the joke is.

“Take a look in here!” Mandy pulls Maahjabeen inside, where the wind dies and the light fades to near perfect darkness.

“Very snug.” Now that Maahjabeen is out of the water she is hungry and just wants to get back to camp.

Pradeep appears in the tilted handmade door. “No. I don’t think you get what I’m saying. This is yours, Maahjabeen. I know how hard it’s been for you dealing with all us land-lubbers. So I built this as your own place. A cottage by the sea.”

Maahjabeen claps her hands over her mouth. Oh, dear God. This is hers? It is perfect. There’s a window overlooking the lagoon and everything. And it is so private here on this side of that huge log. It is just her and the sea.

Maahjabeen grabs Pradeep’s hand and squeezes it. “Thank you. Oh, Pradeep, thank you so much. It is perfect.”

“Just a few more tweaks here and there.” His hands won’t stop working on it. “And then we can move you in. Come on, Mandy. Let’s go get her things.”

“Yeah, Maahjabeen,” Mandy blows her a kiss. “You stay here.”

Maahjabeen sits in the doorway watching the lagoon and the rollers beyond. What is this filling her heart, this overwhelming pressure of light and happiness? The word finally comes to her: Abundance. “Inshallah.” God provides again and again.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

15 – Against Their Will

Jay follows Pradeep into the undergrowth. This was Jay’s idea and he meant to be the one showing Pradeep, but the damn sprained ankle still slows him down.

Pradeep, on hands and knees, looks over his shoulder. “Left?”

“Yeah, I mean it’s the only way really.” Jay curses himself for not investigating that left tunnel earlier. He focused on the discoveries in the nest to the right, overlooking the pool. If he’d been thorough then, he’d have been the one who discovered the cliff entrance aboveground. And then maybe he could have been the one who found Flavia. Who knows?

Pradeep removes his bulky backpack and pushes it ahead of himself through the dry duff. It quickly grows gloomy and dark. He pulls his headlamp’s band over his forehead and switches it on. The low tunnel through the branches curves away to the left. It is a passage for much smaller people. Pradeep figures he might be the tallest person on this island and his overly-wide shoulders can’t seem to find the proper angle to slip through. So he ends up forcing it in tight spots, bracing the tough leafless limbs with arms and legs as he wrestles his way through.

“How’s it going up there, partner?” Jay’s cheery voice is right behind him. The wiry Californian moves like a weasel in the woods. He once told Pradeep that from the ages of nine to twelve he slept inside a house only eighteen times. All his other nights were spent in a tent or under the stars. Pradeep, who grew up in highrise apartments in Hyderabad and Pondicherry, can’t imagine a childhood without violent weather and immense crowds and buzzing insects. While Pradeep was nearly drowned but also often sustained by the ocean of life in which he spent the first seventeen years of his life, Jay had experienced something very much like Lisica, just with more sunshine. Lucky devil.

But was he really crushed and drowned by life on the flanks of the Eastern Ghats? His father Rajiv was a postmaster general for a large division of Hyderabad. His Tamil wife Nanditha stayed at home with Anisha and Pradeep, distrustful of the community she had married into. His mother had made their home a fortress and filled her children with anxieties about cleanliness and crime and dishonor, to the point that she had a breakdown when Pradeep was twelve, followed by his sister’s utter neurotic collapse in a parking garage downtown two months later, caught on video and shared on social media and everything. She’d even been institutionalized for a time. Ah, yes, the golden years… Pradeep trudges through the bracken, sharp branches and thorns snagging at him, hands stinging with their bite, his forebrain absently listing off Latin names for all the species around him while his hindbrain is filled with old memories.

“So my uncle grew some of the fattest sativa crops of the nineties in Big Sur.” Jay doesn’t mind the slow going. He’s able to better protect his bum hand. But as he crawls that elbow on his shirt gets all torn up instead, bearing his weight. When Pradeep stops once again Jay pulls a synthetic neck gaiter from his pocket and winds it five times around his sleeve, then pushes it up into position. That should help for a bit. “He had a secret approach like this through the scrub that the Feds never found. It started as a game trail and he just widened it in certain spots that couldn’t be seen from planes or satellites. Man, I remember the first time he took me there. So fucking cool. It was like stepping into magic land.”

Pradeep stops in a small junction big enough for him to sit up in. “You mean an illegal grow operation? Wasn’t that very dangerous for a child?”

“Oh totally. He had a big ol’ revolver on one hip and a big ol’ blade on the other. Said he’d fought off a bunch of Mexican Mafia back in the day. And then boom! We came out onto this field that was just so amazing. Immense and perfectly hidden. He’d hung camo parachutes under the trees like we did here. Like over three thousand plants, the tallest were over seven meters. See, I didn’t understand at that age how fully destructive an outdoor grow was. The diverted streams and the fertilizer runoff and the booby traps in the woods. I just thought he was a genius.” Jay peers down the two paths ahead. “He eventually spent ten years in Mule Creek Penitentiary and today he’s a bitter ex-con with a foot they had to amputate from diabetes. Now, which way to the cliffs? And where does this other one lead?”

Pradeep shakes his head briskly to clear it of Jay’s wild story. Then he orients himself. “Cliffs must still be to the right, yes? We are constrained on that side by the pool. So there can’t be another path there. It would lead right into the water. The path to the left? I don’t know.” By all rights Pradeep should be heaving now with claustrophobic panic. And it does flutter like a white moth against the window of his mind but he will not let the panic in. He has taken tremendous steps here on Lisica, as the crises have mounted and the unknowns have increased. Yet his rational mind keeps reminding him that despite all the dangers he remains relatively unscathed. The immense dreadful possibilities that normally grip him by the throat have less power here. Perhaps there are just fewer factors and the unknowns come in manageable sizes, unlike the urban hell of Hyderabad or even the bustle of Pittsburgh or Houston where he’s spent so much of his academic life. Perhaps he is just finally growing up. But he never thought he would willingly crawl through a bank of vegetation to wedge himself inside a cliff. Yet even the most wildly dangerous unknown can in time become a safe known. That is his new mantra.

And besides, Jay told him Triquet brought back news of a colony of bioluminescent fungi in a rocky chamber near the exit. Pradeep could ask for nothing more.

“You are correct. Look. Their tracks come from the right.” Jay leads now, up the right tunnel to the cliff face. At a small skirt of fallen black stone, the manzanita suddenly stops and a few tracks through the mud lead to a fold in the vegetation ahead. Rounding into a hidden cut, Jay ducks into the mouth of the tunnel that leads into the cliff. He giggles. “Oh, man. This is fucking wild. It was right here all along.” The way everyone had been describing the cave tunnels he thought they would be the tightest mud chutes. But he can stand straight in here. And only half of it is earth. The other half is solid stone. This is a legit cave. He could like live in here. There’s even a nice flat platform near the back, dry and clear, for a bed. And then there’s another path in the rear leading further in. He ducks into it.

Aha. This must be what they meant. Jay turns his headlamp on. Yeah… that’s pretty dire. The rocky ceiling lowers to a height he can’t see from this angle. But he can see the tracks Miriam and Triquet and Amy made in the mud. They obviously came crawling out from this hole yesterday. Jay kneels and prepares to squirm his way forward. Then he realizes Pradeep isn’t yet with him. He pauses. “How’s it going back there, partner?”

“Oh.” Pradeep’s voice in the chamber behind him is muffled and a bit surprised. “I didn’t realize you were moving on. Didn’t you see this? I want to study it first.”

Jay frowns, temperamentally incapable of slowing down, and reluctantly retraces his steps to Pradeep’s side. His taller partner is still at the mouth of the chamber, staring up at its ceiling.

Jay sighs in wonder. “Ah, wow…!” It is the night sky, drawn in ash sticks, hanging over their heads like the dome of a planetarium. Countless stars, made of some bright white bits they can’t identify, sparkle down at them. The moon is a pale orb made of mother of pearl. “Oh, shit. Look at the moon. I think it’s an abalone shell. Oh my fucking god, if there are abalone here we will eat like kings. I haven’t seen any yet but… Have you ever had any?”

“Abalone?” Pradeep shakes his head no. “Isn’t that like a large scallop? No.”

“So much more than a large scallop, my man. Best seafood on the planet bar none. And I will fight anyone who disagrees.”

“Hm. Better than uni?”

“Dude, this is like a steak. Better than any lobster or crab or fish or anything. But you need like a crowbar to get them off the rocks. They’re so mighty. And their shells are beautiful. But you got to tenderize them or they’re like leather. Beat them into submission then fry them in butter… Bro. Jesus, I’m like drooling, having a serious Pavlovian response just thinking about it.”

“We don’t have butter.”

“Yeah, definitely a major oversight.”

“You know what else is a major oversight?” Pradeep still studies the artwork. The ash is drawn in varying shades, the Milky Way a lighter band through the center. This is advanced art, with a distinct style. “We neglected to bring an actual anthropologist skilled in first contact. None of us know what to do with these discoveries. We aren’t trained.”

Finally Pradeep drops his gaze to see Jay waiting for him at the low mouth of the next tunnel. “Yeah,” Jay agrees. “I mean, we know not to compromise the natives with disease or exploit their asses, right? That’d be fucking perfect, wouldn’t it? They drop off eleven scientists on March twenty-second and pick up eleven slave masters on May nineteenth.”

Pradeep mutters something he regrets as soon as it passes his lips.

Jay has already dropped down into position. He pauses and looks back over his shoulder. “What’s that?”

Pradeep grimaces and drops to his knees behind Jay. The white moth beats more frantically against the glass. “They dropped off eleven, but unless we can find Flavia they’re only picking up ten.”

Ξ

Katrina misses nothing about modern life. Well, nothing she didn’t bring with her, that is. Don’t be taking her music and drugs away. And sure, losing the internet is a huge bummer but she’s managing just fine. It turns out that after a couple weeks in the middle of nowhere she doesn’t care about the Marvel Universe after all and the wise and wonderful social media personalities she follows seem far less knowledgeable about the world. Their insights sound false and shrill in her head now, the ambitious political bravery they espouse only fit for the unhealthy world they inhabit. It doesn’t matter that we / the people / can never be divided if there simply aren’t any people. Or, more properly, they won’t get divided in the first place if none of the handful of people on this isolated speck of land are sociopaths. That’s the thing, innit? Without the sociopaths we don’t need rules and laws and police and prisons. It’s always those few sly ones trying to find the loopholes and advantages for themselves who ruin it for everyone else. But if all the members of the village are just willing to work together like normal humans, then they can just carry on with their projects and daily lives, understanding that it’s to everyone’s benefit that they just treat each other bloody decently. How hard is that?

She makes her own exploration of Tenure Grove this morning. It is uncharacteristically humid and the air is heavy, with idle birds cheeping in the trees and stillness all about. It’s a bit spooky, if Katrina is being honest with herself. But Mandy told her about the nook that makes twisters and she’s still never visited Maureen’s grave. There’s all kinds of wonders out here.

Just the trees themselves are outrageous. Katrina stands at the base of one of the elder giants, its red bark gone black over the millennia, rilled deeply and striped with nearly fluorescent lichen. She presses her hand against the tough fibrous bark, trying to make contact with the living being within. But the bark is a thick shell she can’t penetrate. Then she looks up. The trunk shoots straight upward for nearly a hundred meters before it even thinks about spreading its branches. She actually can’t see much here at the base. The trunk is so big it dominates her view. Katrina steps back, and fights her way through the brush to encircle it. This one tree is just too big for her to see all at once. It’s a single living organism and it’s broader than her house. There are twenty story buildings downtown that are shorter. And it’s just a tree. Crazy.

Maybe she can count them. Get an inventory. The bio team seems pretty overwhelmed with all the collecting they have to do. She could definitely give them a hand. Perhaps she should start at the edge to her left and systematically go through from one side to the other. Yes, that would be best.

And then her mind starts to wander, as it regularly does. What if she plotted the redwoods on a map? Wouldn’t that make everyone happy? More data and all that. Then maybe she could take it to Mandy and get more into this transpiration jazz she won’t shut up about. Trees call the rain to them. How cool is that? Well okay, atmospheric scientist. You want to play this game? Let’s break it down tree by tree, how much moisture they’re exhaling, and build a flow dynamic with your weather data. See if we can model this whole bad boy: the ocean currents; the weather; the cyclones in the nooks; and even the trees calling rain. We can create visualizations of gases rising from the island in clusters and how they interact with the air currents sweeping in.

Hmm. Depending on how many nodes she put into the model, the complexity of it could easily exceed the computing power of the machines on the island, but she will deal with that eventuality when she comes to it. They are all getting into much more data-intensive work and the CPUs of Lisica are about to suffer. Anyway, she’s got ideas about optimizing their FLOPS. But that’s for later.

So wait. What qualifies as a tree? Are these little green saplings like redwood babies or are they some other kind of pine? And will the saplings have any affect on the humidity? Nominal amounts? Also, there appear to be some pretty tall pine and fir trees here that aren’t redwoods. Do they transpire at the same rate? Uh oh. Looks like she’ll need to brush up on North American dendrology before she anoints herself any kind of field biologist. She should probably talk to Amy about how to best go about it before just throwing herself in.

Katrina makes a face. But that is not her way. And besides, Amy is out of camp, as are Jay and Pradeep. Here. She’ll just take a picture of every tree in the grove and annotate where it is. Then if she doesn’t recognize it she can identify and categorize it later. How many trees can there be? Like, what, a thousand at most?

No, there’s nothing she misses about modern life. She misses her dad and Pavel, no doubt, but she also doesn’t mind this break from them. Life is intense back in Sydney with all their cares and woes. God, if she could just bring Pavel here. He would heal so fast. She can already see a transformation starting in Alonso, an easing of the pain. Her brother always loved big trees. And a good mystery. This place would accelerate his rehabilitation.

She has three hundred-eighty pictures in her new album when she realizes she’s only moved through a tiny fraction of the grove. Ah feck. There are a lot more trees in a grove than she thought, and the grove is bigger than it looks when you really start to study it. Maybe she’ll just stick with the large trees, the real giants who often grow in these tight rings. She can just take pictures of each of them, or as much as she can fit in a single frame. And maybe the cut-off will be if the trunk is wider than a meter. That should bring her targets down to a manageable amount, shouldn’t it?

Katrina finds herself inside one of the redwood fairy rings staring at Maureen Dowerd’s grave. Right. The mystery. A bird trills in a shrubby tree beside her. She listens, then hears the distant crash of the surf. Suddenly she is unbearably lonely, the immense isolation of Lisica bearing down on her with full force. It’s inescapably true, this infinitesimal chip of land floating in the forbidding ocean is an existentialist crisis for the taking whenever she wants. But she’s always put on a brave face about confronting the howling void so far. No reason to let it get to her now.

Had the ennui gotten to Maureen here? Did she kill herself? It seemed to fit the facts they knew. Could it have driven her over the edge and kept her body from being returned? Wasn’t there much more of a taboo in postwar America about suicide? Or wouldn’t they have come up with a harmless euphemism? Died in her sleep or some such. Maybe she blew her brains out and it was impossible to mask the hole in the skull or something. Maybe they had to hide the body here.

Katrina takes a step back and her foot sinks in the duff. It’s so spongy and soft. She studies the wood and concrete grave marker with a frown. Something isn’t right. The marker stands barely above the level of the collected detritus. How has it not been totally covered over the years? Triquet said Maureen must have died like over six decades ago, way more than enough time for her remains to be buried here forever. So how had Jay found it still sticking out into the air like this? It’s almost like someone’s been watching over the grave, tending it…

In a dizzying instant, Katrina’s existential anxiety flips. She doesn’t feel alone at all any more. As a matter of fact she has the distinct impression she is being watched. The hairs on the back of her neck prickle. An unbearable impulse to bolt fills her.

Nothing has changed. The air remains still. The bird still hops in the bushy tree beside her. But she can’t stay here a moment longer.

Katrina scrambles from the fairy ring, the middle of her back itching, anticipating the blow of an indigenous arrow or spear. Because that’s who it has to be, right? Lurking in the brush nearby or something, watching her with dark eyes.

The island is inhabited. The island is inhabited.

These words echo in her mind over and over as she retreats to the safety and loud bustle of camp.

Ξ

A yelp of pain from the bunker breaks Alonso’s concentration. He looks up with a frown. Another sharp yelp and a gasp follow. Ah. Maahjabeen. Poor girl. The good doctor and Mandy must be working on her shoulders and back.

Now. Where was he? Right. He’s back at Plexity, working at the widest frame of reference that can be useful, placing the bounds of the data set at several kilometers from the physical boundaries of the island, both in the water surrounding it and the air above. Beyond those boundaries, it can be justified that Lisica ceases to be a unique geographic locale per se. Outside influences begin to matter as much as local ones and the surrounding open ocean becomes a transition zone. But where exactly does that occur?

Ai mi. How will he ever translate this to larger biomes? This is the question that forces him to work at such a scale this morning. In the future, when he tries to apply Plexity to the Colombian Cordillera or the American Midwest there will be no clear simple boundaries like Lisica has. There isn’t an undifferentiated ocean around them, there are nodes and clusters of life all over, in every direction. Every interaction just leads to other interactions further afield. And yet, isolating one from another means shearing it clean of the very entanglements he needs to study. He knows deep in his bones that the biological interactivity of Plexity is his life’s work and that precious insights into the nature of the universe await him. If he can only find the proper way to actually represent it in ways computers and their coders can understand. That is the challenge.

Where is Flavia? She can help untangle… Ah. He chuckles at himself. There’s an old man moment if he’s ever had one. She is still gone, maybe for good. Another black mark against him. Or maybe his forgetfulness of her crisis isn’t due to age but instead his torture. Maybe he just can’t keep dark realities in his head any more. It is a coping mechanism, the way he was able to ignore what they were doing to his body in the gulag by fixating on the abstract details of Plexity.

Well, then, Katrina. Where is she? He needs someone who can understand his predicament and offer an original viewpoint. Ah. She is walking into camp right now. He opens his mouth to say her name just as she calls out to Pradeep, who is emerging from the underbrush covered in mud, his eyes wide.

“I couldn’t—I couldn’t…” The poor boy is hyperventilating, holding his hands to his face.

Katrina grabs him, consoling him. “I’ve got you, Pradeep. You’re safe. You’re perfectly safe here. We can take care of you.”

“Jay…” Pradeep shivers. “He wouldn’t stop. Miriam said we have to have two underground at all times and I tried to stay but when I told him I had to go he insisted…” He shivers again.

“Can’t believe you went down there. What a brave boy.” She hugs him, fouling her clothes with his mud.

The condescension and pity do him in. He drops his shoulders, unable to return the hug. He groans. “Oh, god. Don’t talk to me like a child. Please, Katrina. I do have some dignity left.”

She steps back, befuddled. Okay, he wants help but he doesn’t want help. Or maybe he just needs someone to push against.

But he isn’t comfortable under her gaze. “I should go wash up. Has anyone seen Amy?” Pradeep doesn’t wait for an answer. He disappears in the bunker, escaping her.

Well. That was awkward. “Katrina.” She turns to find Alonso sitting in his camp chair on his platform. He watches her like some brooding lumpy golem worrying over the unfairness of life. She supposes that’s how she would feel too if someone made it their part-time job to break every bone in her feet. Remembering how carefully she’d learned to approach Pavel these last few months, she finds a smile for Alonso and walks over to where he sits.

“Do you know where Amy is? Pradeep and I are both looking.”

“She is underground with Miriam and Triquet. I hope they get back for lunch. It would be good to have another full meeting.”

“Well. Full if they bring Flavia back.”

“That is the thing.” He gestures at his laptop like it is a brilliant but wayward child. “I need to talk with her about Plexity. She chose the exact wrong time to disappear.” Then he lapses, realizing how peevish that sounds. “I was wondering if you could maybe hash out some of these concepts with me. It’s too much to keep in my brain all at once.”

“Sure thing. I love hash.” Katrina sits beside Alonso hugging her knees as he collects his thoughts, scrolling through his disordered notes of bullet points and logic trees. She loves how his mind works and she’s glad to be here just witnessing the living legend gather all his abstract evanescences into clarified concepts.

Finally, Alonso says, “The island is a computer.”

Katrina blinks. “Okay. Like an information processing… entity.”

“Precisely. Based on biological and geophysical principles. Every interaction of sun and insect and leaf that it processes lead to further complexities. The issue is, and always has been, where does the computer end? I thought an island in the middle of the ocean, hidden from the sun and with every current heading away from it, would be the ultimate test bed for Plexity, inoculated from all outside effects. But now that I actually have to define in certain terms precisely where Lisica is and where it is not… Eh. I find that I can’t do it yet. Because every interaction is still colored by universal constants of diffuse sunlight and, who knows, zephyrs in the upper atmosphere that carry pollution from China. And sure, I might be able to eventually build models that exclude the pollution but then it wouldn’t be Plexity. This is all the butterfly problem over and over again. Everything on Earth is connected.”

“And you can’t even study Earth itself as an isolated test bed.” Katrina scales her perspective upward, finding it doesn’t help. “The planet is bombarded by gamma rays and solar wind and, what is it, something like fifty tons of meteors that shower the surface every day? Everything influences everything, even at galactic scales.”

“Yes, exactly. But please. You are the young fresh genius. You are supposed to be the one who tells me how I am thinking about this all wrong and how you can solve this incalculable problem.”

“Oh. Okay.” Katrina nods once, decisively, and declares, “Got it. You’re thinking about this all wrong. I can solve this…”

Alonso laughs, finishing the sentence, “…incalculable problem.”

“Oh, no, it’s calculable. It just…” She cocks her head, ideas rushing through it. “Huh. You’ve really got me thinking about this in a new way. Hold on a sec.” Katrina falls silent for a moment. “Yeh, the thing is, I’m not sure you’ll end up with a system that functions the way you want or gives you the results you want, but yeh. It’s really a matter of switching your frame of reference.”

“I knew I was getting old and behind the times.” Alonso sighs, realizing the truth of his words. There is a fluidity to these kids who were raised in a sea of digital data. They can manipulate it without a thought, sculpt it like artists. Where for him and everyone his age, data will always remain an aggregate—granular and discrete and somewhat brittle. No matter how brilliant he is with it, he was not born to it. “So how do I switch such a thing?”

“Your problem, Alonso, is that you can’t escape your Cartesian perspective. With your little camp here and your Dyson readers and your trained collectors and agents, you’ve fixed yourself in this place and time and made it a subjective experience.”

“Of course I have. That is the whole point.”

“Well that’s what I’m saying. You’re limited by it and you find it frustrating to the point of defeat. But the only way you can fully accept this deep interconnectedness is by completely abandoning any subjective lens. You can’t be stuck on this island. Then you’re like an astronomer trying to learn the age and size of the universe from a single viewpoint on Earth, which is what they’ve tried to do for six hundred years and it’s literally impossible. What you need to do is liberate your viewpoint to be location-agnostic—”

“Yes yes.” Alonso waves an impatient hand. “But that is what the post-collection data analysis will do. It allows the end user to make whatever use they will of it, including silencing actual geographic locations. Look. Here. I have this function I’m building here. You can check a box and mute each element of the data set to filter…”

She sits back, unimpressed. “Yeh, I guess I’m talking about it on a much wider scale though. Like philosophical or cosmological. Either you accept a kind of Buddhist everywhere-and-nowhere-at-once omniscience or at some point you have to draw an edge to your map and accept the limitations and distortions it brings. You can’t have both.”

“But how can I have omniscience?” Alonso throws up his hands. “I am not a god looking down at anything. I am just a man. A fallible man crawling around near-sighted on the ground. I don’t have an Olympian view. Hell, I can hardly stand up. Look at Pradeep. He only studies the smallest of the small. But it will be his patient collecting of all these wildly disparate elements that will make Plexity sing. Yet only if I can give him a proper concert hall. So. Where would you put its walls?”

Katrina stares compassionately at him, not as a scientist but as a wounded old man. These are fallacies… but how much of this can he hear right now? How much does he need to finally let go of his preconceptions and how much of it is him holding onto what got him through the gulag? Before she can calculate an answer, among all the hard factors and the soft, they are interrupted by the approach of Maahjabeen and Mandy.

“Eh? Yes?” Alonso is annoyed by their arrival. He had just gotten Katrina to where she might actually give him a useful answer. Her sophomore-level philosophy was starting to get on his nerves. Of course all science is connected to the world around it. And of course all science must wall itself off to get any proper results. Except Plexity. That is the whole dream.

“What if Flavia is right about harmonics?” Katrina mutters as Mandy follows Maahjabeen up the big platform’s ramp.

Alonso stares at Katrina’s back, realizing there is a deep clue in what she says. But he can’t figure out where it fits in his notes. And before he can follow her line of reasoning any further, Maahjabeen demands his attention.

“Alonso, I have been talking this morning with Mandy here and Doctor Daine. We have a proposal for you.”

Alonso sighs, forcing himself to pivot, recognizing that he needs to take off his research hat and put on his managerial hat for a moment. “I see. Well, what is it, Miss Charrad. How can I help?”

Maahjabeen and Mandy share a tight-lipped apprehensive glance long enough for Alonso to grow puzzled. “You should let Mandy work on your feet.”

Alonso looks at the two of them, something hot and poisonous sliding beneath his skin, a sensation he hoped to never feel again.

“Ah. No. Thank you. I should focus on my work. And maybe worry about some more reconstructive surgery when I get back to the mainland. I will wait for the experts to…”

“It’s a good idea.” Katrina says this in the same low refractory tone she mentioned Flavia and harmonics. It stops Alonso.

He shares a nervous laugh and pushes on Katrina’s arm with a poor attempt at humor. “I don’t need you ganging up on me.”

“Why not?” The challenge comes from Maahjabeen. “Katrina is an expert, after all. She’s trained in dealing with torture survivors, has she not? And Mandy is also an expert. Her adjustments are saving my shoulders and back. And I am an expert because it is my body and I can feel the improvements she is making.”

Alonso becomes overwhelmingly sad. He hangs his head down and closes his laptop. Experts, are they? And what does that make him? An expert in self-destruction? “I will think about this. How is that? Is that enough? It is not something… I can…” And then he shuts down entirely. The three young women just watch as his mind drains of thought. He only stares back, unable to form words. His head sinks deeper on his chest. Maybe they will just go away.

Katrina puts a hand on his shoulder. She recognizes the pit into which he has fallen. “That’s a good plan. There’s no hurry for—”

But before she can finish, there is a commotion from the bunker. Triquet bursts out of its door, slamming it back with a crack. They hurry through with a cackle, clapping their hands, covered in mud like some mad prophet, and head for the big platform across camp to share the good news.“We found Flavia!”

Alonso’s head jerks up. The young women cry out in relief and Mandy starts clapping as well. His eyes clear. Of course. There is someone in even more desperate straits than himself. Put it away, Alonso. Focus on everyone else. “Where?” his voice is rough, coming from the deepest place. “Where was she?”

“Well,” Triquet is breathless, fetching up against the side of the platform. “We still don’t actually have her yet. It’s the natives. They took her. Or she went with them. We’re still figuring it out. There’s more than one group of them. See, we found a tunnel all the way through the cliffs to the interior valleys of the island—”

And then everyone starts talking and exclaiming at once.

Ξ

Flavia doesn’t know much about how a situation like this is supposed to happen but she knows that the first danger is that they might give each other diseases. So since she emerged from the tunnel in pursuit of the crying child she has worn her scarf across her face like a breathing mask. At first it spooked the Lisicans, which she has started calling them. She needed to remove the scarf to prove to them she wasn’t like some scary underground ghost returning from the dead. She didn’t understand a word of their shrieking alarms and urgent warnings when she emerged from the cave mouth. Who knows what they thought of her except that she must be some kind of monster? Most of the villagers scattered.

One bold youngster kept trying to touch her arm but she avoided him, explaining loudly about diseases. And then before they could make their minds up about her she’d heard the child cry out in the distance again demanded their help. But they’d only shrunk back even more. So she went on without them.

That child’s cry was so sad and piteous. It wrung at her heart and she couldn’t do a thing but drop everything and pursue it. What a… hormonal response. It shocked her. Flavia didn’t think she’d ever be a mother. When she was younger she always dreamed of a big family on a big farm but then with the way the world ended up, she settled for a big dog in a small apartment instead. But Flavia still has the maternal instincts and they dragged her forward into the darkness last night, through the village and up a narrow rocky trail deep into the heart of the island.

Now she sits on a stone platform an hour after dawn overlooking a deep valley. The shawl that was draped over her shoulders when she arrived here keeps her warm. It is some animal’s hide, gray patches stitched together. She slept in it here the night before. Poor sleep. Tossing and turning on the cold stone floor in the hut behind her. And the only food they’ve offered her is some horrible dried bird and fish with some parboiled tubers. If she wasn’t so hungry it would be nearly impossible to choke it down.

She had still never found the child. Its kidnapper had always remained maddeningly out of reach somewhere ahead of her. As she struggled to overtake them, the most terrible visions went through her head of the cruel torments the poor thing suffered. It tore at her heart.

She climbed the trails for hours yesterday, winding through these narrow valleys beside rushing streams. At one point she became very thirsty and overcame her reluctance to drink the cold water. If it made her sick, so be it. She was in too deep now.

Always the child cried out ahead, like someone was dragging them by the hair. That was the image Flavia kept seeing in her head, again and again. At one point, the sun broke through the cloud cover and startled her from her dogged pursuit. She looked around herself to find she scaled a narrow ridge that fell away into shadow on both sides. The child ahead screamed and sobbed but Flavia had to stop and catch her breath, legs shaking, wondering at the slanted depths that dropped the bottoms of the canyons into darkness.

She climbed as the shadows tilted. Then the sun disappeared and the light slowly faded. Then she heard the child with less and less frequency, and the cries sounded more hopeless. As night fell, the child abandoned her completely.

Flavia had finally come back to herself once the cries no longer jangled her nerves every thirty seconds. She stood lost in darkness. What was she supposed to do now? Whatever track she’d been following had faded, and she didn’t even know how she could get back to where she’d started. She would need to find a place to sleep. Maybe food? How had she lost her head so completely? This was so unlike her.

And where had Triquet and Maahjabeen gone? When had they stopped following her? Early on? Or were they somewhere nearby?

A shadow had approached her out of the darkness then, a small old man in a cape and pointed hat. He’d murmured words to her and she had answered, her voice shaking. He didn’t understand English so she switched to Italian. Easier for her anyway, and certainly more expressive to someone who didn’t speak it. She’d give the man more clues with her gestures and expressions than she could in English. But his face was a wrinkled mask and his words were mostly a monotone. She couldn’t see him well in the gloom. He led her to a hut and the sleeping platform within before all light faded from the sky. He had placed the fur shawl over her as she had fallen asleep, her last thought that it all smelled so bad.

Flavia had woken to find the food in a small pile on a large green leaf with a clay cup. The water tasted better than the food did. But when she emerged from the hut to find a whole little clan of them waiting for her, she smiled her gratitude and acknowledged them all with a nod. There were four Lisicans here. They all looked alike, small with long dark curls. Constant chatter surrounded her.

After her meal they had left her to her own devices and she had remained on the platform, looking down at the valley below. This was some kind of vista point up here. Perhaps it had some spiritual significance. That’s how it felt. Like these were the hermits who lived on the peaks to collect visions. But usually hermits didn’t have families. Well. Someone would someday learn their gabble and get the whole story. But that person would not be Flavia.

“I’m a mathematician.” She tried to explain herself in Italian to a sturdy dour woman perhaps her own age, but a head shorter. “A researcher. I am not what you call a people person. You would have better luck with… well, almost anyone else.”

The woman spoke, telling Flavia something of significance. She held up a finger to make a point and Flavia tried to divine any meaning she could. Then a recognizable word flew past. “Ingless? English? Yes, I already tried speaking English to you.” She switches languages but the woman shows no understanding. The man reappears, drinking from his own clay cup. His face is still a mask. She can’t tell if he is glad he saved her last night or not.

The woman speaks more, telling a long tale. She says Ingless a few times more and each time Flavia says, “Yes, English,” with diminishing hope. Maybe it is just the only English word she knows. Flavia begins to feel more and more unhappy with her predicament. She isn’t a captive here, and she won’t starve or die from exposure, but she’d very much prefer to go back to the beach with her colleagues, and (as soon as possible) off this island entirely.

Finally the woman finishes, grabbing Flavia’s hand and pressing their two palms together. Flavia resists the urge to pull away, only saying once they pull apart that the woman should wash her hand before doing anything else.

The woman nods and retreats to the man’s shoulder.

His turn. He steps forward and offers Flavia his clay cup. She smiles but shakes her head no. She mimes coughing and feeling sick, passing her hand across her forehead. They only stare at her. Do they not fall ill on this island? It wouldn’t surprise Flavia. Who would ever come by to spread their germs?

The man sets aside the cup and holds up a piece of sinew or hide he has twisted into a loop. He holds it out for Flavia and utters the word, “Koox̱.” She tries to take the cuff but he pulls it away. He offers it to her again and she tries to take it again but once more he pulls the loop away and repeats the word koox̱. They stare at each other. Finally the woman beside him holds her own hand up and the man drops the loop over it, cinching it at her wrist. Then he undoes the loop and offers it once more to Flavia.

The woman holds her hand up, beckoning for Flavia to do the same. “You want my hand?” But Flavia doesn’t like the sense of ownership the loop around the wrist appeared to give the man over the woman. She wants no part of that. “No. No, thank you…”

With a bow and a smile she steps back.

The man only watches her. He sets the loop aside and speaks to the woman. She responds with a long string of suggestions. He finally waves her away and approaches Flavia once more. He says something that sounds like he’s swearing an oath and then he reaches into his mouth. With a twist and a tug he removes one of his own teeth. Flavia can’t help but exclaim. The yellow enamel narrows to a dark root. This isn’t a living tooth. But he carried it in his mouth regardless? Disgusting. He holds it out to Flavia.

She shrinks back. “Oh, now what am I supposed to do? This is horrible.” All Flavia wants is to get away from these bizarre people. She realizes it’s now or never. If she waits too long it will get dark and she will get lost. But if she can only retrace her steps she should be fine. “Well…” She sticks with English. Italian had gotten her nowhere. “It has been very nice to meet you. And thank you for taking in a stranger who was lost and cold. But it is time for me to go back to my own people now. How do you say goodbye…?” She shrugs, the language barrier insurmountable, and turns away to locate the path to the south.

As Flavia does so she hears the child crying behind her again. She whirls back, her heart strings tugged just as strongly as before.

It is the man. The plaintive wails issue from his mouth. He looks at Flavia with sly expectation as the dreadful truth dawns on her. It was him all along, leading her here. His uncanny imitation of a crying child sounds exactly like a toddler who is being dragged cruelly away, against their will.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

14 – Of Lisica

The ebullience that normally animates Amy is now absent and she looks older than her fifty-six years. “It isn’t what you think, Mandy. I just… My past is…” She shakes her head, wanting to say it right. It’s been a while since she’s had this conversation though. Amy’s eyes scan the eastern horizon. A patch of blue has broken through, illuminating the ocean in that spot with depth. Perhaps that can be her inspiration.

Mandy watches Amy wrestle over her words with growing anxiety. Sheesh. What is the older woman going to say? Just what unwanted burden is Amy about to lay upon her?

Finally, Amy’s shoulders drop and she realizes that none of the long prefaces she was about to add to the statement make any difference. It’s always like this. “This is more information than you wanted, I’m sure, but I’m trans. I was born male.”

“Oh.” Mandy blinks. She exhales a breath she didn’t know she was holding. “Ohh…”

“Sorry. I still wrestle sometimes with all the hidden identity stuff. Dual images and masks. You know. And I just got a little careless there and forgot that you didn’t know what I was talking about and how I might sound. I’m really sorry.”

Mandy is so relieved she’s giddy. “No. That’s fine. I just totally misinterpreted what I was hearing. And that’s on me. Oh my god, that’s so depressing. I thought I was going to get to grow out of all the coming-out stuff someday but I guess not. I can’t believe you never get to let go of it. No, honey, I’m the one who’s sorry. I was like ready to kick you to the curb after one comment.”

“Well it was a pretty weird comment…”

They both laugh again, the tension broken. Mandy grabs Amy’s arm again. “So wait. I thought you and Alonso used to date.”

“Yes, when Alonso and I fell in love, it was 1991 and I was still a man. We were a very happy couple. Really just a summer of love. He and Miriam and me… That became it’s own whole thing. Such a wonderful thing. It’s what taught me that I really was a woman.”

“Then Alonso’s bi?”

“Another thing Miriam taught us. We thought he was as gay as I am. I think she’s the only woman he’s ever loved.”

“Oh. Wow.” Mandy can’t believe how many assumptions she had made about these three old people, which fall away now like ice sheets calving from glaciers, dropping thunderously into the deep. “I had no idea. You discreet fuckers.” She laughs. “Esquibel keeps wondering if Alonso is closet-homophobic. Oh my god. She’s going to get a real hoot out of this.”

“That’s hilarious. I should have said something before. It’s just I’ve always been really private about it, all these years.”

“No, I totally understand. I had no idea. I’m so sorry.”

“And I mean, I knew that you’d probably be okay with it but it’s still something I just don’t talk about with nearly anyone.”

“Well, then I’m flattered.”

“Oh, god,” Amy reels. “That’s not what I meant at all. I’m not so special that the needs of an old maid like me mean so much.”

“Yes you are,” Mandy hugs Amy again, this time with true sisterhood. “And yes they do.”

Ξ

Esquibel inspects Jay in the clean room. The swelling in his hand has gone down and his ankle is regaining mobility. He is healing quite quickly. Good. But she doesn’t need him knowing that yet. He’ll just run off and hurt himself again, as long as Miriam is poking around in those caves under their feet.

“See? My NBA career ain’t over yet.” He smiles bravely so she can’t see how agonizing all that manipulation is. “No headaches in two days. Mandy’s been working it all out, teaching me a whole new meaning of the concept of pain. But I’m all set now.”

“I know. Her manipulations hurt so much, don’t they?” She inspects his pupils with her phone’s light. They are even and responsive. She is running out of reasons to keep him shelved.

“Well, as my uncle once told me, there’s two kinds of pain. There’s permanent pain that leads to damage and nobody wants that. But then there’s temporary pain from like stretching and bruising and adjusting to discomfort. And that doesn’t hurt you. Going through it makes you stronger.”

“Like when I flex your ankle?”

“Ha—aaaah! Okay now you’re just making some sadistic doctor point about something. I didn’t say I was fully healed…”

“And what would you do in a tunnel when you need to depend on that ankle to get you out of a tight spot? Will you push it to failure again? Of course you will.”

“I’m not twelve.”

Esquibel only looks at him. Finally Jay drops his gaze.

“Fine. Tomorrow is a week. Can I please act like a human again after a week?”

“We shall see. Now go rest and stop aggravating everything.”

Jay sits up and hops to his feet. But he hangs back at the clean room’s exit. “Hey, I got a question, Doc, a personal question, if you don’t mind me asking. Since we’re all one big Cuban family.”

Esquibel turns on Jay, hand on hip. “What.”

“I was just wondering. The name Esquibel. I knew a girl in my high school with that name but her family was from Guadalajara. Isn’t it a Spanish name?”

She is unwilling to encourage him, but it is her favorite story. And so far he just looks at her with that puppy innocence. “My mother. She was an exchange student in Mexico City in the nineties. Her host mother was named Esquibel. It was her favorite time in her whole life. She still speaks Spanish, even though she has never been able to return.”

“Oh. Got it. That’s so sad. We should like all pitch in and make sure she gets back there. Mexico kicks ass.”

“We? You don’t even know my mother.”

“Yeah, well her daughter’s been taking real good care of me so I figure I owe her.” Jay flashes a shaka. “Peace out, Doc.”

He leaves the clean room and scans the interior of the bunker. Pradeep is at a microscope. Katrina works on her laptop beside him. Mandy is also there, fussing with her weather station.

Jay walks past them outside. Alonso types furiously on his laptop in his camp chair. Amy is at the edge of the trees, watching the birds through binoculars and taking notes. Miriam and Triquet are down below in some dark cavern, searching for Flavia.

Maahjabeen is down by the water. Jay stands on the redwood trunk looking at her in the distance, trying to decide if he should bother her. Probably not. She isn’t the most friendly person in the best of times and these aren’t the best of times. Also, if he was her, he’d still be totally wracked with guilt about losing Flavia.

But she sees him and to his surprise, Maahjabeen beckons to Jay. He jumps from the log and crosses the beach to her as fast as his aching ankle lets him. “Hey, what’s up? Can I get you something?”

Maahjabeen wears a broad-brimmed sun hat over her headscarf and dark sunglasses. She looks like a movie star trying to go incognito at the Cannes Film Festival. “I can speak with you about this. You will understand and not try to stop me.”

“Ah! Crazy talk! Totally. I’m your boy.”

“I am adding to my list of places to go here. Now at the top it is the sea cave exit. Over there.” She points to the left, the southeast, around the point made of clay and somewhere up that coast. It is the opposite way she had gone before, during the storm. “It is probably hidden from outside so a kayak is the only way to find it.”

“Yeah. That’s your prime sea cave exploration tool, no doubt. Esquibel just gave me the green light to get back on my feet. Well, tomorrow is what we agreed. So you want to just hold off until then I bet we can find it together.”

Maahjabeen shakes her head no. “I’m not quite at that stage in planning yet. Or healing. I won’t be ready to go tomorrow. And listen to you! You are too eager to hurt yourself again.”

“Ha. Look who’s talking. Maybe I’ll just get restless and go discover a cave system under the sub to get lost in instead.”

But that is too much and she falls silent, her mouth a compressed line. Jay is filled with regret. Aw, shit. He did it again. “Sorry. That was out of line.”

“I have an idea.” Maahjabeen studies the impassable breaks. “But it is only if you are a really strong paddler.”

Jay nods. “Kay. Let’s hear it.”

“What if we lash both boats together?”

“Uhh.” Jay can’t see it. “Lengthwise or like side by side?”

Maahjabeen laughs. “Side by side. I’ve been wondering if we can build some outriggers for the kayaks to give them extra stability on the open water. But what could we use as a stabilizing float? I don’t think we have anything disposable in camp. Then it occurred to me when you said we could both go out there together that if the boats are attached somehow side by side—”

“Then they act as each other’s outrigger? Wow, yeah we’d have to be strong paddlers. The added mass would be super tricky.”

“But it might get us over the breaks in one piece.”

“Yeah… Might… If we had something rigid between. And strong enough that it doesn’t just snap in two.”

“And then we can paddle to the sea cave.” Maahjabeen drops her gaze. “And see if Flavia’s body is floating around in there.”

“Aw, come on, Maahj. She isn’t dead. She’s just lost in there somewhere. Triquet can find her. And Miriam is like a world-class expert underground. She’s in good hands.”

Maahjabeen takes off her sunglasses and stares at Jay, offended. “Uh huh. What did you call me again?”

“Maahj? Like short for Maahjabeen? Like a nickname?”

“Don’t do that.”

“Cool. Okay. No worries.”

Maahjabeen sets her sunglasses back in place and stares at the ocean again. “Two days. We heal for two more days and then we try it.” She gives him a rare smile. “Thank you, though, for trying to make me feel better. I do appreciate it.”

Ξ

Pradeep hauls the ten gallon buckets to the waterfall’s pool for a refill. A few times per day the camp goes through an inordinate amount of fresh water. He also brings his pack and a Dyson. At the same point at the same time each day for four days now he’s been sampling the water at a single location. He wants to figure out how to set up a permanent monitoring station, where the microfluidics channels in the sensors are perpetually flushing themselves and giving new readings. He wants a profile of the life forms present throughout the day. In what ways do they wax and wane? Is the severity of the waterfall the only factor?

At the edge of the pond they’ve worn a shallow platform in the mud a handspan above the water’s normal level. He kneels here and submerges the bucket. They’ve stopped treating the water since Esquibel has declared it safe. It’s pure. Delicious too. Now they only regularly monitor it to make sure they don’t contaminate it themselves.

Pradeep dips the end of the Dyson reader into the water and gives it a minute to digest the sample. Then he does it a second time as a precaution and sets the reader aside. He lies down and drinks deeply from the pool. Then he pulls back and regards his shimmering reflection. He hasn’t seen himself in a couple weeks. He looks haggard. Lean and happy. But he really should shave. The few whiskers that lie scattered across his cheeks aren’t even dense enough to be called sparse. And an unruly curl is starting to peek out from behind one ear. He looks like he did on that one vacation they took to visit his mother’s family in Chennai when he was ten. But all in all, not so bad. And everyone here is being so lovely. Supportive. He doesn’t have to keep this ball of anxiety clenched inside him like a fist in his diaphragm. He can let—

Beside him the bushes shiver and a cackle splits the air. A junco in the laurel tree above startles and wings away, cheeping. Pradeep yelps and nearly falls into the pool.

His yelp quiets whoever cackled. After a moment, Triquet calls out, “Hello…?” Their head pokes out from the bushes beside him, in caver helmet, covered in mud. “Oh. We found Pradeep.”

“Praise be.” Miriam’s voice is muffled, deeper in the thicket. “I need to stand.” This is the tunnel to the poolside fox nest she had discovered earlier. It led them out from below. Now they have a legitimate path from surface level to the tunnel complex.

“Where did you come from?” Pradeep hasn’t quite regained his composure. “You gave me a heart attack!”

Triquet pulls themself free of the branches and stands beside Pradeep, dusting their canvas coveralls. But their state is hopeless. They’ll need to be soaked overnight to get all this mud out. “We are the dwarves of the mountain!” they crow. “Long has it been since we have seen the light of the sun.”

Miriam stands, her begrimed face lost in thought. “I don’t know how we can make it functional though. It is such a maze. And this is the tightest tunnel we’ve tried yet. Like I scraped my hip bones kind of tight. It’s like a warren in there, like a giant rabbit warren. Maybe the sub entrance is still the best.”

“Functional?” Pradeep stares doubtfully at the wall of vegetation in front of him, obscuring the cliff from which they emerged. “Like we could have a door to the caves here if we chopped this all back to the cliff face?”

“But what I’m saying is it would hardly be worth it.” Miriam shakes her head, tired and frustrated.

“No Flavia?”

Triquet shakes their head, sad. “No. But we’re being methodical and we’ve only gotten through the bottom two-thirds of tunnels so far. There’s a couple promising ones up top.”

“Seriously? It’s taking that long?”

“You have no idea how confusing it is in there. And we keep coming upon our own twine. We’ve started to annotate it but by the time we come back to it the third or fourth time the labels are just covered in mud. Dark, tight spaces, just looping around and around on themselves. Here. Let me help.” Triquet picks up one of the water buckets and leads the others back to camp. “Time for lunch anyway. I’m starving.”

Jay has already started making pancakes. In a sugar water solution he floats banana chips to rehydrate them. Chewy, but good. He adds more salt. Back when he was a line cook at a ski resort in college he learned just what an unhealthy amount of salt restaurants use in nearly every dish. It gets him compliments about his cooking ever since.

“Smells lovely.” Triquet, looking like they just ran a Tough Mudder race, drops the water bucket at the end of the table. “Now excuse me while I return to the waterfall for a shower.”

“Whoa. Look at you. Yeah, sure. I’ll keep a stack warm for you.”

“You’re a peach.” Triquet trips away, the aches and pains slowly stealing up on them. That was a long morning. Grim. So hopeless. What has become of poor Flavia? How had Triquet so completely messed up ever since the innocuous moment they opened up the deck panel that leads down to the sea cave?

The bambino… Why was the child crying? The mystery of it has cycled around in Triquet’s head a million times in those dark tunnels. Were they lost? Injured? The urgency with which Flavia responded indicated that it was a sharp moment of crisis, not like some steady sobbing from someone who was wandering in the dark. Had they fallen? Why couldn’t Triquet find a hypothetical that would get such a scenario to make sense?

Had someone stolen the child? Their mythical Chinese pilot? With a weary sigh, Triquet pushes their way through the foliage to the pool’s edge, where they primly strip off their clothes and let the icy falls wash all their cares away.

Ξ

It has been two weeks now. The project is one-quarter over. In some ways, it is going better than Alonso anticipated. In some ways, worse. What a time for Flavia to go missing! Right after she sent him a draft of Plexity’s engine, which is the oddest assortment of modules and plug-ins and bespoke code he has ever seen. Cellular automata? Just… why? Ah, well, that’s what happens when you hire a research mathematician to do a programmer’s job.

Most data scientists are big picture thinkers. And Alonso is no different. But he can separate himself from the rest of his mostly theoretical colleagues by busting out his applied maths chops as needed. It is merely the difference between developing a recipe and actually cooking it. He is comfortable in both worlds. What Flavia needs here is fewer ideas and more implementation. She is using Plexity as a testbed for many of her wackiest pet theories, apparently—which is absolutely fine. This is nothing but a grand multidisciplinary experiment after all—but the ultimate goal cannot get lost. So. He will just carve away the fat and inevitably defend his decisions while she rages and curses him in Italian.

Alonso looks up at the dark line of trees hiding her from him. He sighs. Well. As soon as Flavia is found, that is. Then they can fight all they like.

His fingers fly furiously on the keyboard, lines of Perl flowing from him into the machine. He is basically restating his initial attempt, which she had entirely discarded, and adapting it to take the useful ideas she suggested. Oh, she will hate this so much. She is trying to preserve this analog quality throughout the data but she has no idea how much that will defeat all the macro level data science he hopes to do with Plexity. She is only thinking about it locally while he is trying to characterize the entire planet. That fine touch will be nice only at the smallest frames of reference. If she is so excited about it then he will help her find harmonic resonances in the data sets after they reach a trillion inputs.

Miriam emerges from the tunnels again, drained and losing hope. Alonso sets his laptop aside and pushes against the arms of his camp chair, to stand and go take care of her. But his legs still won’t work and he realizes if he does try to stand she will set her own exhaustion aside and help him.

So he remains helplessly seated. Damn and doubly damn his torturers. If he was even six years younger he’d be scrambling through those tunnels more than any of them. “Oye, Novia.”

She crouches at a water bucket, scrubbing the clay mud from her hands. Over her shoulder, she offers a weak smile. Alonso looks like a bewildered castaway in his chair, gray-streaked hair standing straight up. “Still no luck, Zo. But we’re learning. I think the tunnels we just investigated were the first they dug, and have since been abandoned. They are cruder, the wear patterns older, and they lead nowhere. Most just stop. But one tunnel’s path clearly proves my hypothesis that they dug the tunnels with little thought of direction. They were just digging out the soft layers and avoiding the hard. This is more like the behavior of worms than miners.”

He shares a grimace with her. “And no sign at all?”

Miriam shakes her head no. “But there are two tunnels left now. And both are rather large. Flavia-sized. Very promising. We’re just being methodical. I hope it doesn’t cost us.”

“Look.” Alonso points with his cane. “That is nice to see. I wonder what those two could ever find in common.” Esquibel sits on Katrina’s platform beside her, pointing at Katrina’s laptop screen and asking a sharp question.

Miriam stares, flat, at the scene. Her mind is empty. She has no idea what those two young women could find so interesting while Flavia is still gone. All the times Miriam has broken down in tears, alone in a tunnel following a bit of muddy twine, has left her beyond empty. She has unwillingly transitioned over these last two days from a research scientist into a search and rescue volunteer, with no end in sight. “You realize we’ve only seen the tiniest bit of this island, don’t you? If the entire thing is riddled with these tunnels… I don’t know if…” she shakes her head in despair. “I just don’t know where she’s gone. We’ve looked nearly everywhere.”

“Sleep, darling. You are working so hard. There is only so much we can do. And we have so few people who are fit for this work. We need you to be fresh.”

“I’m very hungry.”

“We will feed you. Sit. Sit, and keep me company. Where is Jay? He always wants to do more than he should. Jay!” Alonso calls out in a deep resonant voice and waves his cane.

The bunker’s door opens. “Alonso!” Jay leans out, mimicking the older man’s stentorian delivery. “What you need?”

“Could you do us a favor? Please feed my wife and make sure she gets to bed. That is, if you are not…”

“No no. I’d love to. Playing nursemaid is my jam. Need me to carry you?” He puts a patronizing hand on Miriam’s shoulder.

Wearily she knocks it off. “I’m just hungry. I’m not an infant. Do we have any protein at all?”

“Well. You’re in luck.” Jay fetches one of the five gallon buckets from under the long tables. “Maahjabeen finally gave me the green light to harvest mussels at the shore.”

The bottom of the bucket is filled with dozens of their black and pearl shells. Some are huge, almost the size of her hand.

Miriam nearly swoons. “Oh, Jay! Dearest child! I take back anything mean I said to you. I am your eternal slave.”

Alonso claps his hands. “Ha. I’ve heard that before, Jay. Don’t believe her.”

Jay shrugs. “That’s cool. Not really into slaves anyway. Let me just put a bunch of these in with some garlic flakes and a dash of wine while I get the pasta going. Two shakes.”

He departs as Miriam settles in a chair. “If I lie down I will pass out. What he said sounds heavenly.”

“I hope he knows to make enough for everyone. Now I am famished myself. Oye. Jay…” The young man has returned from the bunker bearing a small plastic tray. “Jay, I think we would all enjoy this meal. Please make as much as you can.”

“How about this.” Jay strikes a Thinking Man pose. “I make Miriam’s first so it’s quick, and when I can I’ll start a big pot that won’t be done for another, I don’t know, twenty minutes?” He bows, presenting the tray to Miriam. It holds a joint, a lighter, and a bottle cap for an ash tray. “This here’s my indica knockout bomb. Just take one or two hits. Remember last time. You’ll be high as a kite for an hour then you’ll sleep like you’re dead.”

“Zo, he’s an angel. An angel straight from heaven.” Miriam lifts the joint and sparks up.

“You always did form unhealthy attachments to your dealers.”

They both chuckle.

Jay hurries once again into the bunker. The pot may be boiling.

Ξ

“Good morning, doll.” Triquet is subdued, in a pair of overalls and a thick shirt. Amy studies the birds, taking videos of the spiraling clusters, brown and black and white, as a band of sunrise flares across the underside of the marine layer and turns the ocean sea-green. Mist rises from the backlit black cliffs. “Any chance you’d care to join me?”

Amy sighs, counting twenty-three pelicans and noting them before giving an answer. This morning she’s seen common murres and Brandt’s cormorants and two black osprey, their enormous wingspans unmistakable against the glowing sky. Closer to the ground, it’s odd to see a redwood grove without so many of its normal birds. Neither robins nor ravens nor crows. Very few songbirds. A few oak titmice root in the undergrowth. Heavens knows how they ever got across twelve hundred kilometers of open ocean. Finally she closes her notebook and smiles sweetly at Triquet. “Anywhere, darling.”

But Triquet doesn’t have the energy to be arch. The search for Flavia has been grueling and hope is running out. “Miriam is still asleep. She needs it. But you aren’t. And I need a second.”

“Oh.” Amy points at the ground beneath her feet.

“Well, more like…” Triquet turns and points at a shallow angle below the earth behind the bunker and the cliff base. “But I can’t just wait up here doing nothing while Flavia’s still…”

“I know.” Amy drops her camera. “I’ll come. Let me just. Um. Get out of these clothes. Ten minutes?”

They meet in the sub a short time later. Amy wears a canvas shirt and jeans that are still wet from being worn down here and washed the night before. She shivers. “Come on. Let’s get to work. I need to warm up.”

Triquet leads Amy through the sub’s first floor, second floor, and then down the tunnel into the muddy crawlspace. They pop out in the culvert, half-hoping to find Flavia here. But it remains empty. They’ve posted an led light here. Amy swaps out its batteries. It shines on a permanent rope emerging from the tunnel they just exited. A sign in a ziploc bag pinned to the earth reads:

FLAVIA

FOLLOW THIS ROPE

TO THE SUB

Before doing anything else, they walk the culvert to its end to examine the sea cave in the hope that Flavia is in there. But it is as lifeless as ever, the waves crashing energetically against the worn concrete piers.

Satisfied that she isn’t down here anywhere, they return to the multitude of tunnel mouths. Small surveyor flags poke out from each one, where twine is tied off. All of them have been so marked except for the two tunnel mouths that gape above. They are divided from those below by a shelf of dull green gray limestone protruding from the earth.

Triquet randomly chooses the tunnel on the upper left. They place a surveyor flag and tie the twine’s end around it, a fat spool hanging from the nylon strap they wear as a belt. “Wish me luck.”

They pull themself upward.

Amy waits, looking up, as the six meters of blue nylon strap connecting them unspools at her feet. Finally she heaves herself into the tunnel, the twine running along a wall clogged with veins of raw rough stone. Soon her fingers are sore from gripping it.

Triquet ahead is having no better luck. It is slow going, weaving between these clusters of stone that shoot through the earth. And they stop to inspect the walls and floor after every step for any sign of Flavia’s passage. After climbing upward at a steep angle for more than twenty meters, the earth gives way to solid stone. But the tunnel slides sideways and then proceeds upward, through a natural water-carved tunnel. It finally rises nearly straight. “Ahh.” Triquet stands at the bottom of a very tall chimney. A tiny bit of indirect silver light, nearly directly above their head, glows, way way up there. “What in the wide world of sports?”

The passage doesn’t look all that daunting though. It is choked with logs and branches all the way up, many of which are solid and provide rungs for a very long ladder. But still. What a death trap.

“What’d you find?” Amy still labors under the shelf of solid rock behind them.

“Well…” Triquet kneels. “The real answer here is to look for her footprints first. Or any sign of passage.” There’s none. The tunnel is dry and mostly stone. The nearest branches and logs look worn, as if many feet had climbed them, but nothing to suggest it was done recently. “It’s a real climb. Like straight up the inside of the cliff. Who knows how high.”

“I’m coming.” Amy scrambles into the bottom of the chimney. It’s close quarters with Triquet. “Sorry if my breath is bad.” She cranes her neck upward. The light filters through the countless branches and logs blocking it. “Whoa… So pretty. But yeah. We shouldn’t climb that. There’s no way that’s safe.”

“I agree. Let’s just report back with news of this one and… I don’t know. I can’t figure out how we might ever actually explore it. I can’t imagine what happens if you fall.”

Amy feels Triquet’s shiver. She rubs their narrow shoulders with her hands to warm them up. Triquet rests their head on Amy’s shoulder. It is a tender, nearly intimate moment. Is this the time she should tell Triquet she’s trans? Now that she’s spoken to Mandy it seems like it’s news most of the team should know, and nobody more than the only non-binary person here. But it would be so very awkward, here in this pit deep underground. Never at work, Amy has always told herself. And this is work. “Let me just back out, my dear Doctor, and you can follow.”

Triquet waits, the chill passing. They peer upward, mind buzzing again. This is a very different form of archaeology here than the Antique Road Show up above. Fascinating. Truly sui generis. Without any other materials available, the natives strategically placed sturdy branches and logs across the wide chimney, braced by natural features. This will require a painstaking investigation. It will certainly need its own whole paper itself.

The strap tugs at their waist. Right. But first, Flavia. What do the Marines say? Leave no man behind? He’s not heavy, he’s my brother? Something like that? “Hoo-ra.” Triquet’s voice is swallowed by the dark. They duck back down under the shelf to follow Amy back the way they came.

Ξ

Miriam opens her eyes. Every bit of her aches, inside and out. Shame and guilt and a slowly rising horror that Flavia might never be found drag on her. But she can’t even lift her head.

When her brother Denny killed himself she was halfway across the world, digging trenches in Ethiopia. She had let him slip away, despite all the warning signs over the years. Even though she’d sent him useless cheery videos whenever she could and helped him with his coursework and even set him up with Hannah from Portsmouth for whatever messy good that did them, it was still far from enough. It had been her responsibility as the older sister to watch out for him and she had failed him. Miriam hauls herself out of bed. She cannot fail Flavia. “I mean, I’m right bloody here.”

Alonso snores contentedly beside her. He’s looking better, his sleeping face clearer. And is he losing weight? He seems less bloated. As dangerous as it is here, Lisica is good for his health.

She laces up her boots and puts on the clothes that are still caked with mud. As she walks down the ramp with her toiletries bag to the long tables, her muscles start to work. Yes, she’s a tough old bird. Constant activity over the years has made her body expect rough living each day. Just a visit to the trenches and a spot of tea, then brush her teeth and off she’ll pop.

It’s as she’s returning from the last of these tasks that Amy and Triquet emerge from the bunker. They are freshly soiled.

“The left side.” Triquet points a weary left arm upward, snaking its convoluted course. “Then up up up.”

“Up?” Miriam places her kit on her platform and secures her caving bag, making sure the water is refilled. “How far up?”

“Who knows. There’s light at the top, but… No sign of her.”

“So that only leaves the last one. I’m coming.”

“Are you sure? You look like you’ve been rode hard and put away wet, honey.” Triquet laughs and squeezes Miriam’s arm to take the sting from the words.

“And you two look like something the cat dragged in.” Miriam steps past them to the bunker door. “Who’s coming?”

They both follow her without a word as Miriam makes her way downstairs. Soon, after all the normal convolutions, they stand in the concrete culvert staring at the eleven tunnel mouths. Triquet and Amy have described to her the tunnel they just explored. They all agree that they hope the final tunnel isn’t like that.

It is not. When Miriam pulls herself up into its narrow opening, it immediately widens into a more comfortable passage, climbing at a forty-degree grade or so. “Oh, praise be.” She is delighted to see that it is all limestone and nearly no mud.

Triquet steps through the narrow mouth to find Miriam kneeling in the tunnel. “Amazing! Did you find anything?”

“Just my first introduction to the true limestone mantle of the island. Look how green! Absolutely microcrystalline. Benthic without a doubt. And this passage is water-worn, over millennia I’m sure. Look, Amy. Tiny fossils. Foraminifera. This is what proves these seas were much shallower at some point in the past. You get much deeper than 4,000 meters in the ocean and calcium forcibly dissolves. So you don’t get limestones in the deep oceans. And as far as I know, this has always been deep ocean here, back to bloody Gondwanaland. So somebody’s models are off. Or rather, everyone’s must be.”

They press on. This passage is generally as large as the concrete culvert below, still rising at a sharp grade. They are able to walk upright quite close together. The passage soon curves up to a bottleneck of spilled jagged stone. “So much calcium in these deposits,” Miriam jabs a rock under her boot with the spike end of her pick, “we could open a chalk factory. So I’m beginning to think this was always an uncharted large shallow platform here in the middle of the ocean. A rogue magma plume probably caused a bubble and then, so close to the surface, it bloomed with life. Reefs in particular. Then after a number of cycles of the reefs collapsing into the crust when the magma bubble stops, then rising again, we get these lovely limestone layers in the middle of the goddamn Pacific Ocean, where nobody expected to find them.”

“Look. Prints.” Triquet kneels at the edge of the cascaded stones. One has a regular imprint of wavy ridges. “Sperry Topsiders or my name ain’t Triquet Carter Soisson.”

Amy blinks. “That’s your full name? Wow.”

“I mean, it’s the same price to change one name or three so get your money’s worth. But I only go by Triquet.”

“I love it.”

“Thank you. But footprints, ladies. This is it. We found her.”

Silently they climb the rockfall and pull themselves up into the next stretch of the passage which continues to rise, doubling back above where they had been. Now they’re avidly scanning the sand on the floor of the tunnel, looking for any more sign of Flavia. But the tunnel floor is too generally disturbed, with nothing conclusive for them to claim as hers.

Another bottleneck makes them climb again. This one features an entire cypress tree that either washed into this tunnel long ago or was somehow placed here. They climb its broken limbs up a long chimney to scramble out onto a short platform. The air is freshening. Light spills from the far end of the tunnel.

They ascend to it. More branches and logs litter this passage, but none block it. Bespelled, they move forward with rising urgency. It is clear what they’ve found before they reach the end. This is a tunnel all the way through the cliffs to the hidden valleys within. There is a passage after all and this is it. The island is unlocked. All its riches are now theirs.

Miriam strains forward, Triquet and Amy no less excited. They don’t even need to speak. The climb is a blur of stumbles and gasps and labored breathing. For a hundred meters they hurry forward until Miriam suddenly stops, raising her hand. “Hear that?”

Triquet and Amy listen. Voices. The easy gabble of a chattering group. More than two, that’s for certain. The voices are indistinct but they aren’t speaking English. It almost sounds like Brazilian Portuguese, lots of vowels in a fluid lyrical cadence. Overlapping sounds. But none of it is angry or distressed.

They cautiously walk forward, alert now. They are perhaps twenty meters from the ragged seam of the tunnel’s exit when the voices suddenly fall silent.

Miriam stops. She shares a worried grimace with Triquet and Amy. They’ve obviously been discovered somehow. But how? And now what? Should they retreat? Move on?

As they have a discussion of silent gesticulations, a silhouette appears in the seam, blocking most of the light. It is a little old man, childlike, with long curly ringlets falling to his waist. He waves his hand in front of his face, as if clearing the air, and then he raises that hand in welcome. “Dobree denda du ya’aak.” His sibilant voice fills the tunnel, then he adds another couple phrases in his singsong chant. As he finishes, a catlike creature steals upward and perches on his shoulder to get a look at them.

The researchers don masks and gloves. “Uh… Hello, mate. We are… uh, we’re looking for our friend.” Miriam looks at Triquet. “I don’t know what I’m doing. I’m just a bloody geologist. You do this. Aren’t you trained in first contact protocols or something?”

Triquet holds their hands up. “This isn’t Star Trek. I’m just a bloody archaeologist. I don’t deal with humans. Just their things.”

It is Amy who hurries forward, hands pressed to her forehead in what she hopes is a universal symbol of peace and respect. “Hi, sir. Hello. It is such an honor to meet you.” She stops at a safe distance and holds her pose. The old man only watches, posture relaxed with all his weight on one hip, as his pet sniffs the air. “That’s a fox. That’s a—a lisica!” Amy points at the animal, her biologist joy overcoming her caution.

“Lisica.” The old man points at the fox. Then a rush of polyglot follows. Amy gave him the impression of knowing his language and now the linguistic floodgates are open. He beckons to them and turns, walking back out into the light.

With an apprehensive look at both the others, Amy edges toward the light. Triquet lifts the blue strap connecting them, thinking if it’s some kind of trap they can yank her back to safety.

After so long underground, the diffuse gray daylight is too much. Amy emerges blinking, wishing she could actually see the world she has finally entered. But she catches just brief snapshots at first: a flat space beside this interior cliff filled with bark longhouses; a crackling fire above which a dozen blackened trout are suspended; a cluster of small people in shifts and loincloths staring at her.

Amy’s hands return to her forehead in Buddhist appeal. She smiles her most beatific smile and walks slowly forward, hoping there aren’t a pair of warriors on either side of her with obsidian axes like Aztec priests. But no, when she looks to either side there is no ambush. Just curiosity.

“Uh. Flavia. My friend. Have you seen her?”

But the nine or ten people only watch her in silence. Now that her eyes are starting to work better she can pick out their fine features and wild range of skin and hair colors. Only a few are golden blond. Others have red hair and the rest have black. But all of them possess long ringlets. Their skin tone ranges from dark brown to ruddy and their faces possess snub noses and pointed chins. It is difficult at first glance to determine gender. She is as tall as the tallest one.

Triquet emerges from behind Amy. “Hello,” they say, waving. “Lovely place. We’re absolutely harmless. Did she tell you?”

Then Miriam emerges. At a loss, she bows to the group. Over her shoulder, she whispers, “Have we found Flavia yet?”

“I was just asking.”

One of the older villagers waddles forward, thin and tough as tree roots. In her gnarled hands she holds a cluster of shells somehow fixed together. She talks as she approaches, a rising and falling cadence that is impossible to follow. The word koox̱ is repeated again and again.

“Did I hear the word ‘American’ in there?” Amy asks.

“I thought I heard ‘colonel.” Triquet holds their hand out for the shells, which the villager is trying to share. “Ah. Ahh.” There is a photo affixed at the center of the shells, making them the frame of a kind of plaque. It is black and white, of a woman with blonde curls. “Yes. Maureen Dowerd. Yes, we know. We know her.”

The crowd erupts, all of them speaking at once. These are known words. They repeat them. “Maureen!” and “Dowerd!” again and again. The chatter begins again from all sides. Others emerge, perhaps thirty in all. The people of Lisica.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

13 – My Secret Past

“You know, despite this current emergency,” Esquibel confides to Amy as they hurry toward the beach, trying to beat the setting sun, “I’m not nearly as unhappy here as I normally am.”

“Not nearly? Ha. That could be the travel slogan.” Amy climbs the fallen redwood trunk and drops down into the sand. “Come to Lisica! Be 84% less unhappy!”

Esquibel leaps gracefully from the trunk. “Careful here.” She kneels, peering at the churned up sand. “Can we see if any of them made tracks here…?”

Amy sighs. “Too many. All the endless comings and goings over the last few days. And who knows what shoes they’re all wearing. Triquet’s usually in those big boots but… Flavia is usually in like slip-ons? Maahjabeen could be barefoot for all I know. And maybe they aren’t even together.”

“Ehh. I think they must be. Otherwise all three of them chose today to independently disappear for six hours.”

“Unlikely, I agree. But maybe one thing set them off in different directions.” They follow the gentle slope down to the water, where weathered steps in the sand are now little more than shallow depressions. No footprints remain in the tideline. Either the water has washed them away or they were never there to begin with. “We just don’t know, Esquibel. So let’s not make assumptions without more data. Right now it’s just fairy tales.”

“Like how Katrina thinks the Chinese kidnapped them?”

Amy shrugs. “I mean, it does sound paranoid but it also sounds like she has some kind of background in spy stuff so who knows? We find the wreckage of a Chinese plane at the same time they go missing? Is that just coincidence or something more?”

A voice cries out to them from back the way they came. It is Miriam, who has climbed atop the fallen trunk to wave at them, calling out details that are carried away by the wind. So instead she just beckons them toward her.

They hurry back. When Amy and Esquibel get nearer Miriam yells, “They went into the sub!”

“Oh, thank god.” Amy grabs Miriam’s lowered hand and jumps up the log. “But I thought we checked the sub? Where were they?”

Esquibel leaps onto the log and scrambles up beside Miriam. “And are they okay?”

“No,” Miriam shakes her head. “I mean, we haven’t found them yet. We don’t know if they’re okay. They went all the way through and out the bottom underground somehow. There’s another hole in the sub that leads further down.”

“Another hole? Where? And they’re down there somewhere?” Amy begins to hurry. “Oh, Jesus.”

Esquibel takes off at a run toward the bunker, calling out over her shoulder, “I will get my supplies and meet you there!”

Amy follows Miriam into the bunker, then through the trap door and down the narrow steps into the sub. In the first wardroom they encounter Jay, who is slowly making his way along the deck with a bad limp. Amy slips her head under his shoulder and he gratefully uses her as a crutch. Esquibel appears, pushing past them.

“Thanks, boss. Hey. Wait. It’s the air. Miriam. Think about it.”

Miriam leads them in a hurry through the narrow hall to the control room. She waits for Jay impatiently in there, needing clarification. He skipped too many steps. “What do you mean?”

“Your tunnels! It’s got to be. They found a way in.”

“You think they’re in tunnels? Good heavens. There’s no way that’s safe. If it’s limestone channels formed by water they’re going to be wet and it will be slick and completely treacherous.”

Jay winces and grunts to drop himself belowdecks. Then he hurries through the three rooms down here to find Katrina and Pradeep crouched in the last one at a dark hole in the deck. His eyes are wide, fists clenched beneath his chin. She is beside him, clutching his arm, trying to keep his panic attack from spiraling.

“Good.” Pradeep springs up when he sees the newcomers and shakes off her grasp. “They are here. And I am certain you will not be needing me any more. Good,” he repeats, brushing past Amy and Jay and Miriam and fleeing the sub.

Katrina sighs and sits at the edge, dangling her feet into the void. “Poor bloke. Glad you’re here. We got a pretty puzzle.”

Amy and Jay cautiously approach. “What—what is it?” he asks.

“Don’t know yet.” Katrina shines her phone’s light through a rusted hole in the sub’s steel hull into a tunnel of raw earth. “Their footprints are definitely at the bottom. And they go off that way.”

Esquibel looks down at the ragged hole with a frown. “Has anyone else gone down there yet?”

“Nope. Where’s Mandy and Alonso?”

“They’re still searching the grove,” Miriam says. “Or Mandy is. Alonso is home base.”

“I can’t believe anyone got Flavia down there.” Katrina prepares herself to descend. “Well. If she can go I can go. Who’s with me?”

“Me.” Jay shuffles forward.

“Stop, stop.” Esquibel pulls Katrina away. She puts her other hand on Jay’s chest. “Have you lost your minds? We aren’t just jumping in after them. They have been gone too long. They are lost or maybe dead. Think clearly.”

“It’s just there’s steps worn into the side here.” Katrina shines her light against the tunnel wall directly beneath her. “Can’t be any harm in dropping down to the mud on the bottom, taking a peek around the curve, see if there’s anything to see.”

“First we will discuss this.” Esquibel does not let go of the two young adventurers.

Amy tugs on Jay’s sleeve. “Amen. Hold up, Jay. Let’s make sure we do this right. Get everything we need. Let’s get a list going. Ropes and water and lights. How many of us are going?”

“Three sounds good.” Jay eases back. He tries not to sound too eager. They aren’t convinced yet. “Cool deal. Good plan all around. And Katrina’s got a nice little scouting idea there.”

“You are certainly not going down there,” Esquibel tells Jay. “Not if your ankle will ever properly heal. Alonso cannot. Mandy will fall and break something, I swear. And I shouldn’t. It is Navy doctrine not to risk the doctor.”

“Well, this is my field of expertise.” Miriam steps forward and peers into the hole. “Wow, was this dug by hand? Look at the marks on the walls.” Grooves and rough planes score the earth. She steps back. “Okay. Let’s pull back to the surface and really plan this out. Time is of the essence but we need to hear from Alonso on this. He may know something. We’ll approach it as a virgin caving expedition. So I’ll lead and we’ll be daisy-chained together with rope. I’ll take Amy. I’d like a third but I need someone with caving experience.”

Katrina says, “Well, I’ve just fooled around in some sea caves. Gone on a couple tours. But I don’t get claustrophobic.”

“Okay. That’s definitely a big part of it. We’ll see. ”

Ξ

An hour later, Miriam has returned to the hand-carved tunnel. Now she wears a helmet with a headlamp. A field pack with a short-handled pick and an extra satchel filled with water bottles slung across a shoulder completes her loadout. Her climbing harness is strapped into Katrina’s six meters behind her, whose rope harness is improvised but solid. Amy, in Miriam’s second harness and helmet, has another six meters of rope at the rear. Behind her the other hundred meters waits coiled, its end tied off.

Miriam will do all the real work. The other two will just be there to help remove injured team members or brace a line when she needs to climb or descend.

Jay, sulking, watches them go. “I could totally do those steps. I’m your caving third. I’ve got like a thousand hours underground.”

“Don’t make them take care of your fragile male ego right now.” Esquibel pats Jay on the shoulder. “They’re busy. Now it’s a hundred-fifty meters of rope. You go to the end, you come back. You never go off-rope. Right?”

“Aye aye, Captain,” Miriam salutes.

“Lieutenant Commander, please. And if anyone needs any medical attention, do not move them unless absolutely necessary.”

“Yes, Doctor.” Amy waves, cheery. “I mean, Commander. And two yanks means pull us back up!”

“Is that a thing?” Jay asks as Miriam starts to descend, careful not to let the rusted metal edges anywhere close to her limbs. “Cause that sounds like it should totally be a thing we should do.”

“Yes. Sure. Agreed.” Miriam can barely contain her excitement. This is the most significant and dangerous thing she has done in quite a long time. Explore an uncharted cave system and lead a rescue mission at the same time? Now this is some fair craic. This is like Super Geologist comic book territory.

The lugs of her boots bite into the soft earth of the hand-carved steps. She secures her footing and climbs down, nine tall irregular steps to the mud floor. It smells damp, with alkalines and calcites in the air. The temperature is cooler down here. She crouches to inspect the slurry under her feet.

Katrina lowers herself in after. Her heels find the steps and she quickly descends, a bubble of excitement rising in her chest. Finally she’s getting treated as an equal around here. Way past time she gets to be the dangerous one.

Amy is next, thinking how lucky she is to go out on an adventure like this with Miriam again after all these years. They have done great things together in the past. Big Bend and Churchill, Ontario and the Columbia River Gorge. Either it was Amy getting brought onto a geology study as a field biologist consultant or Amy hiring Miriam to be the geologist consultant in turn. Back and forth, trading jobs and positions on projects across North America. But it has been a long time. Success in both their careers the last decade or so has made such scheduling impossible.

Now she’s back in action with one of her favorite partners. The long lean form of Miriam stoops forward, drawing the other two ahead. Katrina mirrors her movement. There’s something of Miriam in the young Aussie, Amy thinks. They have the same hardiness and intensity. Yet they both possess such delicate edges.

“The curve narrows here,” Miriam calls out, her voice muffled. “Hold on. Let me remove my bags. Katrina. Please send them in after me. I hope it’s just a chokepoint but if it’s a sustained crawl I’ll need you to—Here. I’ll just tie them onto the line myself. Then I can drag them when I need them. Wish me luck.”

Amy can’t see past Katrina or hear what she murmurs to her. She must just patiently stand here in this pit, waiting to hear if there is good news or bad news from ahead.

Miriam is gone a fairly long time, long enough for Amy to get worried. Esquibel calls down to them, “What is happening?”

“Just some scouting.” Amy keeps her voice light. No point in alarming anyone. “Taking it nice and slow. Careful.”

“Good.” Esquibel retreats from the opening above.

“Any news?” Amy rests a hand on Katrina’s shoulder.

“Uh, the Nikkei Price Index fell by one and a third on news of a bleak commodities report today.”

“Very funny. Anything from Miriam? Two yanks? Anything?”

“No. She doesn’t even appear to be moving forward much. I can only see her feet. She’s definitely crawling. Like a worm. Ah! There we go!”

Amy hears fabric sliding across the mud. “Are those her bags?”

“Yeh. Looks like she got through to the far side and now she’s pulling it after. Maybe she can just pull us through. Get the full mud experience.”

Katrina kneels and puts a hand on the sloping roof of the tunnel. “My turn?”

Miriam’s voice is indistinct. Katrina thinks she hears an encouraging tone. She shrugs, realizing it’s all she’s going to get. Ducking down, she worms her way forward until she is lying on her chin, cold mud pressing against her entire front, soaking into her jeans and socks. “Here I come!” And to herself: Yeh, it’s a good thing I’m not claustrophobic.

It isn’t such a tight squeeze that she needs to force her way through but her movement is definitely constricted. She can’t raise her elbows and knees more than a bit. Slowly she scrambles forward. After about five meters she breaks through.

Amy is last. She loves a good Army crawl, although some of her earliest associations with it are less than pleasant. Anything military is always Okinawa to her first, and she was never happy there. Yet it’s good to be little, that she knows. This is her time to shine. But, like, wow. This sure is a lot of mud.

Amy spills laughing from the hole, covered in filth, falling onto a concrete floor. Whoa. Wait. Concrete? “What is this?” On her hands and knees she stares at the green-stained concrete floor before her. Water sheets downslope, from right to left. Above to the right the culvert is mostly collapsed and the water only trickles through. She can’t for the life of her figure out what it means.

“I know,” Miriam complains. “I was just finally getting used to a bit of soil and stone then nope! Yet another obstacle in my way!”

“Some kind of underground culvert or something I think.” Katrina sends her light ahead. “Like a concrete aqueduct. Maybe they used this to channel water somewhere? For some reason?”

Amy is utterly confounded. “I—I don’t know. I guess I just really didn’t expect this. I mean, none of Triquet’s records talk about an underground concrete project at any point in time. I can’t imagine what it was for.”

“If you’re very quiet…” Miriam says, holding up her hand, “you can hear the surf.”

They listen. Beyond the steady gurgle of water nearby, a deep subsonic rumble trembles the air every few seconds. “Which way is this? I’m so turned around. Are we pointed at the beach?”

“We must be. Come on then, ladies.”

“Wait. First,” Miriam delays them, shining her light backward. “Look. This mess is what probably kept them from finding their way back.”

The concrete wall they’ve emerged from has partially collapsed, exposing gaps that reveal bare earth. Each one of these gaps has been dug into, a whole yawning cluster of tunnel mouths heading off into different directions. Katrina counts eleven. Only because their climbing rope still runs out of the bottom, partially-collapsed entrance do they know that it is the way back. Without that clue it would be impossible to tell. She takes a picture on her phone, the flash blinding them for a moment.

“Oh, no… You think they took a wrong one back somehow?”

“I do.” Miriam turns back to the sound of the surf and the long dark concrete culvert ahead. “But let’s investigate this first. Easier going ahead, for one thing.”

Miriam slings her bags back on and steps forward. The roof is nearly two meters high and the slime-covered concrete walls are far enough apart they don’t need to touch them. But soon they reach the end of their hundred-fifty meter range. Amy calls out when she feels the rope behind go taut against her waist.

“Turn back?” Katrina is surprised the two older women haven’t suggested it yet. She isn’t used to being the voice of common sense.

“I have no desire to crawl through the muck just to tell Esquibel this much,” Amy says. “Cause then we’ll have to come right back and do it all again, if she even lets us. Maybe we can detach for a bit and leave the rope here?”

“Breaking the law, oooo.” But Katrina doesn’t actually think it’s dangerous. The culvert isn’t going to flood anytime soon, is it? And it’s not like they’re dangling from a pit.

“Agreed.” Miriam begins working on the rope tied to the back of Amy’s harness. She lets it fall. “We can remain roped in between the three of us but this rope leading back is really most useful as a breadcrumb trail just indicating which tunnel gets us to the sub.”

“Let’s just remember,” Amy adds, “bottom-most tunnel, looks like it’s blocked from this side, right in the middle. Everyone got it?” She drops the rope. Then she picks it up again. “But we can’t just leave this here. Maybe I should tie it off. So they can’t pull it back by mistake.”

Katrina nods, giddy. She can’t believe she’s in the presence of such daring old ladies. For a hilarious moment it occurs to her that she might indeed have to be the wise head down here.“Yeh, good thinking. Here.” She finds a fissure in the concrete. “Just like wedge that knot in here. We can make it impossible to get out.”

Amy agrees with a grunt, forcing it under a jagged hanging lip of concrete. There. No amount of pulling will dislodge it.

Miriam leads Katrina and Amy deeper down the culvert. After a short stretch the tunnel widens and water drops into a deeper trench with a walkway raised along the left side. They progress carefully, the concrete slick, the danger of falling and sliding into the trench real. Doors line the wall, three steel panels painted dark blue, their red insignia faded.

These doors are locked or welded shut. There is no give to them. “Triquet can figure these out later.” Miriam shakes her head in dismay at how many directions they’ve already been given to search. She leads Katrina and Amy past the doors toward the end of the culvert. A large grate, mostly rusted through, bars the wide opening. It is here that the freshwater spilling past them from above meets the ocean, whose gentle waves make noise on the far side. The air is closed off when the water fills the gap, sending gulping shockwaves of pressure up the culvert, bringing with it the inhalation and exhalation of air they felt all the way up in the sub.

Beside this grate at the end of the walk is a tall rusted steel door, slightly ajar. The sound of the surf is much louder here. Miriam makes an excited face to the others and slips through. Katrina peeks, then follows. Amy looks behind herself, left all alone and suddenly fearing ghosts, then she hurries through the door as well.

They find themselves in a sea cave, crowded with stalactites. The main feature is a broad waterfall from behind them that is joined by the culvert’s effluence to push a steady stream of white foam into the lapping seawater. Its ceiling is no more than four meters high but the cavern appears to be vast, large striated shelves of bare limestone creating channels through the rushing water and stone platforms in alcoves up above the waterline, on which the remains of pillbox bunkers and buildings stand. The remnants of a concrete pier jut out into the water, its steel rails rusted black. The half-sunk remains of a postwar patrol boat lie at the edge.

This was a hidden port, only big enough for small boats and submarines but nothing larger. It is a modest installation, but still an astounding one to their eyes. Some excavation has been done, but for the most part the structures fit in among the hanging stone and rushing channels. The one foundation by the port looks like it was a small boathouse or command center. Others further along look like storage, hidden in shadow.

To the far left, past obscuring columns and wandering currents, an indirect band of silver daylight dimly lights the cavern. Out on a forward platform near the sea cave’s entrance, a figure sits on the concrete and looks out at the light. It is Maahjabeen.

Ξ

“So the plan must be from now on,” Esquibel demands, standing at the head of the long table at camp, “anyone goes anywhere, someone at camp has to know. At least write a note.”

“Kind of unworkable.” Jay says it louder than intended. He’d meant to keep it to himself.

“And not really applicable in this case,” Katrina agrees with him. “I mean, if we’d all known they were down there they still would have gotten lost on the way back and we still would have waited too long.” She shrugs. “Not a real rules person myself.”

“You are both young.” Esquibel isn’t used to having to defend her medical orders. “You’re like the two youngest people here and your sense of risk is too high.”

“I’m young,” Mandy counters, “and I love rules! My sense of risk is very low. I’m not sure whose case that helps but… you know, like another data point?”

“Esquibel is right.” Everyone silences to hear Maahjabeen’s quiet voice. “It is my fault. I started the whole thing. And I should have left word where we were going. I just didn’t think… One thing led to another and suddenly we were in the tunnel chasing Flavia—”

“Wait,” Miriam interrupts her. “Flavia was in front?”

“She said she heard desperate cries for help. She hardly waited for us to respond before she just dived in headfirst.”

“Did you or Triquet hear any of these cries?”

“No. But we had to go after her.” Maahjabeen shivers. Then she laughs a bit sadly at herself before continuing. “Not been my best week. I’m not even fully recovered from the storm.”

“Of course you aren’t,” Esquibel scolds her. “You can barely move. What were you thinking?”

“She was thinking,” Jay answers for her, “that we still hadn’t figured out the source of the air in the sub.”

“Precisely. It was just an innocent exploration.” Maahjabeen leans back, irritated that Jay would speak for her but relieved that at least somebody gets it. “But by the time we crawled through that horrible mud tunnel and got into that concrete culvert thing she was gone. That was the last we saw of her.”

“The last?” Amy shakes her head. “That was almost seven hours ago. What happened to Triquet?”

“We explored the sea cave together, thinking Flavia had gone that way. We even searched the water in case she had fallen in. But no. She must have tried to return through one of the other tunnels. Just crazy. Triquet told me to wait there. That they would come back to get you and then we would all search for her together.”

Miriam groans. “And then Triquet must have tried to go back to the sub and taken the wrong way back instead. So all three of you are in completely different places, heading in different directions. Fantastic. We’re going to have to explore that entire system, step by step. But I don’t even understand how it all got there. Those tunnels are dug. Some of the marks are even quite fresh.”

“The island,” Alonso reminds her, “is inhabited.”

“So the natives have had access to us this entire time?” Esquibel clicks her tongue, worried. “Great.”

Amy stands. “Welp. I guess I’ll just like wait down in the culvert in case any of them get back. They’ll need a guide back to the right way to the sub. I had just gotten the mud off but oh well.”

Esquibel raises a finger. “You will not go alone.”

“Yeah, I’m with you, boss.” Jay hops to his feet.

“Jay, you aren’t going anywhere. And that is an order.” Esquibel wonders how she might enforce discipline among all her wayward civilians. Reasoning gives them too much wiggle room. And the illusion of free agency. In a crisis they need to follow her orders.

“And we did leave the rope down there for anyone to follow,” Katrina reminds Amy.

“Still.” In her mind Amy can see all the ways a pair of helping hands could rescue bewildered victims in the dark underground. “They’ll need all the help they can get.”

“Hold up. You hear that?” Jay puts a hand in the air to quiet them. They all listen. Something heavy is crashing through the underbrush toward them on its way from the pool.

Esquibel stands, wishing her black satchel was nearby. Miriam, having guessed what’s in it, does too.

Triquet limps wild-eyed and filthy from the undergrowth. They are drenched and shivering, wearing only a single boot.

Amy yelps. “Triquet!”

Esquibel runs to the tottering figure. Miriam fetches a blanket. As she wraps them in it, Triquet smiles weakly at her. “Found the way to your hidden chambers, Miriam. The ones behind the waterfall. Looking out from inside the cliff. Pretty cool.”

“Good Christ is that the way you came out?” Miriam scrubs their shoulders to warm them. Triquet leans in and Miriam takes this as a signal for a hug. Amy joins them around the back, pressing their heat into Triquet’s chilled slender body.

“You know me. Just one catastrophic decision after another.” They scan the camp over Miriam’s shoulder. “Oh good. You found Maahjabeen. Girl, I will never say another word to you about being reckless in the storm after the shit that I just pulled. Oh, baby. What was I thinking?”

“Did you like come through the waterfall?” Jay laughs at the preposterous image but Triquet only shrugs.

“There’s enough room in the chamber behind it to get a running start. I thought if I could get enough Delta V like a rocket, if you know what I’m saying, and just kind of bust through with enough horizontal velocity, then, you know, I’d be free. Frankly I was absolutely beyond done with my situation and ready to explode. It had been hours and I was desperate.”

“Oh, Triquet…” Alonso laughs.

“Yeah, I got slapped down like a rag doll. Just gargling foam.”

“Oh my god there’s a whirlpool in that pool.” Miriam pulls her head back to share her facial expression of just how deranged she thinks Triquet is.

“I know. And it almost took me. But I grabbed some roots and hauled myself out. If I hadn’t, then yikes. I would have like shot out into the waterfall in the sea cave and, I don’t know, had to swim all the way around the island to get back.”

“That is what the underground waterfall is, isn’t it? Yes, that’s about what I’d figured.” Miriam completes the course of the submerged creek in the model of the island she carries in her head. “That waterfall in the sea cave must be where this pool drains. But who knows how long you’d be submerged before it spit you out.”

“Yeah, and I don’t need to be the one to test that idea. Whoo! Any spare seats? It’s been a long day.” Triquet collapses onto Pradeep’s platform, a sodden mess. He smiles and offers Triquet a bottle. “Thanks, Pradeep. But do I look like I need water?”

“So where’s Flavia?” Alonso asks.

Triquet sits up. “She’s not with you? Oh, no. I assumed she was cleaning up inside or… No…?”

Miriam lifts her field pack again, the matter decided. “The whole system. As soon as we can, Alonso. And who did she hear crying? Somebody else in trouble? Then they need our help too.”

“Or someone pretending.” Esquibel points to the fragment of the aircraft wing set aside and wrapped in a blue tarp. “Need I remind you that we may have a Chinese PLA soldier running loose on the island as well? Ultimately, this mission still has military oversight for a reason.”

“Oversight? What happened to partnership? And I think you’re overstating the likelihood of any Chinese presence.” Pradeep doesn’t want to contradict Esquibel but she is becoming worryingly autocratic. “You know, after the tsunami in Japan they were finding litter just like that all along the Oregon coast for years. This could have come from anywhere. It could be years old. Take it from someone who is like a world-class paranoid. You guys are being paranoid about this. The probability is next to nothing.”

But he can tell from their blank stares that he hasn’t convinced anyone. Triquet shakes their head. “No, but she was really upset. Flavia just cried out and threw her hands in the air and went for it. I asked and she just shouted, ‘Can’t you hear the bambino crying?’ And then I couldn’t keep up and I lost her. Man, I wish I hadn’t lost her. You can’t explore it all, Miriam. At least not tonight. The tunnels branch and some of them curve back on themselves. It’s a total maze. I was lost in there for hours. Totally losing my mind. When I found the chambers behind the waterfall I was so relieved I fell down and cried.”

“Flavia is lost in there?” Miriam turns and regards the ground and the cliff, trying to visualize the network. “It might be huge or you might have just gone around and around the same three tunnels. We need a proper exploration.”

“Shouldn’t we wait,” Alonso wonders, “until morning? It is getting late, Mirrie.”

But Miriam shakes her head. “Come on, Amy. Underground it doesn’t matter if it’s day or night, Zo. We’ll bring just endless rolls of twine, untangle all the tunnels. Just think, the poor thing has been trapped in there for ages.”

“With no espresso or Nutella,” Jay jokes. “She must be wasting away. Man, this crowd is tough. Come on. Lighten up. She’s going to be fine. We all know it.”

“I hope you’re right, Jay.” Amy’s voice is uncharacteristically quiet. “Miriam and I will spend two hours below then come back up and sleep. It is getting late.”

Miriam is about to protest the time limit, but she nods. “What do you say, Esquibel? There’s no point in delaying. We’ll unspool the twine behind us and never, I swear this time never unhook. Two hours tonight and then as long as it takes going forward.”

Esquibel nods, mollified that the chain of command is at least being respected. “Two hours.”

Ξ

Mandy wakes right at dawn. Today is a work day so dawn it is. Her eyes snap open of their own accord and she stares at the rust spots of the ceiling’s corrugated steel. The bunker isn’t what she’d call cozy, but it does keep them dry.

Esquibel has rolled away and sleeps with her back to her. She is a furnace under a blanket, as extra as they come, even as she sleeps. Mandy chuckles, pushing off that hip she’s been kneading and pulling apart like a big tough piece of stale chewing gum. But it’s getting better, and the two of them might have never found a way into each other’s pants all those years ago without the excuse of this bad hip, a poorly-healed injury from her childhood.

Mandy kisses the glorious hip and rises. She has to visit the trench and see what the day will bring. The weather station setup with the drone has worked well so far and she’s finally starting to be able to look at her data as a progression instead of just curious snapshots. She unhooks the door and trips out into the blue light of another overcast day. Her Hawaiian skin could use a tiny bit more sun. Not that she’s complaining. Mandy has suffered through some truly terrible weather in the last few years of her career and she knows that Lisica is pretty much blessed. It’s like chilling on the Oregon coast year-round. Probably doesn’t even form frosts in the winter and hardly anyone here ever dies of exposure.

Mandy speculates what the natives must be like. And how long have they been here? Do they live in little ewok villages up above and sing songs all day? Or are they cannibals? Maybe something in-between? Her head fills with visions, of elders crouched under hanging eaves during a downpour, and then how they instruct her in the ways of the storms and take her into their circle.

The Pacific is filled with all kinds of isolated island people. Isn’t there that one island where they all worshipped Queen Elizabeth’s husband as a god? Like, still to this day. These people could be all kinds of weird. And it might be like two or three generations since anyone has contacted them. Wild. Like literally. Wild child times a hundred. Imagine growing up without the twenty-first century: the movies, the cell phones, the cars, the plagues, the crowding… living in blissful ignorance of the oncoming catastrophes. Amazing. They must be better off here without us.

On her way back from the trench to the bunker she sees Amy already awake and standing away from the trees, watching the cliff. As Mandy nears, she points above. “Look at those guys.” Amy directs her attention to a cluster of dark birds with pale undersides winging their way upward into mist. “You see their eyes? The white circle around them? Spectacled guillemots. Not ever seen this far east before. Usually just on the Russian and Japanese coasts.”

“That’s so cool. Oh my god. There’s so many.”

“Yeah, this is a huge colony of just countless seabird varieties. I really shouldn’t have ignored it this long. But I got caught up in all the other things down here on the ground. The birds were the first thing I noticed when we first arrived but then I kept my head down for too long. I forgot to look up.”

“Those thermals are so strong. Look at them!”

“The Pacific gulls? Yeah. This is their highway. And then they each have their little off-ramps to go back to their own little nest. ‘Honey, I’m home!’ Such a perfect existence.”

Even larger birds wheel upward on the strong draft. It reminds Mandy of the cyclone nook in the back of the grove. She might be able to conduct another experiment here. What she started doing is taking long videos of the twisters and then uploading them into a program her colleague built for situations like this that tracks litter in a windstorm. She’s been able to get all kinds of interesting data from that so far. But here she won’t be taking video of redwood duff and leaves, it would instead be birds spiraling upward.

“Brown pelicans.”

Mandy claps her hands, excited, and describes what she has in mind to Amy. “I think I can set up a camera here and get a long video and be able to characterize basically the entire open ocean air current as it interacts orographically with the island.” She takes out her phone to try a test video. But the darker birds aren’t visible against the dark cliffs. She needs white birds.

“Which ones are white? I can’t see the pelicans.”

“Well… Most of the gulls. All of them. A lot of the pipers. Half the murres. The arctic terns. Those are who you need. But I’ve never seen more. And they’re such incredible flyers.”

“When do they fly?”

“When…? Ha. That’s a good question. We have tons of observed behavior with terns in the literature. But this colony here remains unstudied. So who knows? They’re just transient here, resting for a few days or maybe if we’re lucky a few months to raise their chicks. They never winter. Arctic terns fly from one pole to the other throughout the year, following the summer. So these guys are headed north. They’ll probably be gone in another couple weeks. But the chicks have already had time to sprout feathers and join them in the air. You know, they’ve found three month-old tern chicks halfway across the world from where they hatched. And they live thirty years. Fascinating birds. They mate for life.”

“Yeah, I mean, do they come out for breakfast? At like what time? Or are they like bats who only come out at night?”

“When they aren’t flying they’re constantly feeding. Dawn might be a good idea because they’re waking up and it’s time to go fishing. Look, there’s a couple winging away to the open ocean there. Godspeed and good hunting, you two!”

Mandy claps again. “Look how they slice into the wind! It’s blowing like directly against them and they still find the angle to soar ahead! I wish I could do that.”

“You and me both, sister.”

Mandy leans against Amy and squeezes the older woman’s bicep. “You are just the sweetest, Amy. Thank you for taking such good care of us all the time.”

“Heh. Looking for muscle in there? You won’t find any.”

“Are you kidding? You are so strong. I think you’re like the strongest person in the whole camp.”

Amy makes a surprisingly bitter face about that. “I don’t know, Mandy. That’s not really something I’d like to be known for.”

“No way. We need to celebrate strong women!” Mandy wraps her arms around Amy and squeezes her. Amy squeals as she is lifted off her feet. They both laugh with abandon.

Amy lifts Mandy in turn and shakes her like a rag doll, her long black hair flying about. Then when they’re all laughed out they separate. “I love your question about what time terns eat. Maybe we can figure their patterns out together. So we can both use your long video and I’ll do a count. See if it changes.”

“According to different weather patterns. You think? We could do the first cross-discipline arctic tern atmospheric science paper like ever.”

“Oh, there’s probably been some before. We aren’t that original. And we could talk to Maahjabeen about different food sources and when they might arrive. Like are they just following giant schools of anchovies around the Pacific?”

“Right. They’re responding to the fish, who are responding to the, what, like, plankton? Who are following minerals along the temperature and pressure gradients underwater. Wow…” Mandy looks out over the water. “I just had the trippiest idea…” She shakes her head. “I don’t even know if there would be a way to measure it but… Well, anyway. I’m really into convection pumps, like when forests create rainfall above them. And I wonder if a school of like anchovies would transpire enough to create the conditions for deep convection. Could a big enough school of fish be enough biomass to call down rain on itself? The school would have to be huge. But some of them are, right?”

“I think so. But you can’t just equate one anchovy to one tree. These forests are huge too. Where this has been witnessed the most is the Amazon, so that’s the kind of scale we’re looking at. But it’s true, each tree releases a huge amount of water vapor each day. Stomata transpiration is what I think you’re talking about. So each tree can exhale a vast amount more moisture than a little fish… But on the other hand… we aren’t just talking about the fish. They’re following all that plankton and they also bring along bigger fish and squids and whales and all the birds we were admiring. So maybe if you add up all that wheeling biomass you can get your atmospheric effects. Possibly?”

“I just love the idea,” Mandy says wistfully, “of a whole bunch of little fish leading so much transpiring life around the ocean that they start all the storms in this half of the world, just shepherding whole cloud formations across the Pacific. That would be so rad.”

“Ooo. We could never predict the weather because we weren’t following the fish?” Amy chuckles. “As a wildlife biologist this has every stamp of my approval that I possess.”

“And if we end up killing all the fish then the storms…” Mandy visualizes every dynamic in the ocean grinding to a halt, every cloud system dispersing into fog. But of course it wouldn’t be like that. It would be catastrophic in the short term, yeah, until new dynamics form elsewhere dependent on other humidity profiles and temperature differentials.

“You’ve evidently been smoking some of Jay’s stash.” Amy giggles at Mandy. “I like the ambition but let’s stick with videos of guillemots and terns for the moment if that’s okay with you.”

“No, I’m not high. I mean. Maybe I am. High on life.” Mandy is effervescent this morning. Studies with great promise seem to be literally falling out of the sky today. “Sure thing. I’ll get a tripod and make sure there’s enough space on my phone. Might be time to delete those bachelorette party pics from Vegas last year.”

“What? All those pics of your besties drinking themselves stupid will be a literal blackmail goldmine in about five years. You’ve got to keep them.” Amy steeples her fingers with a diabolical laugh.

“Okay, creepy, but good point. Heh.” There was something uncanny about Amy revealing this dark side of herself that it fully unnerves Mandy and derails her good mood. “That’s a side of you I’ve never seen, Amy.”

Amy links her arm in Mandy’s and walks them both back to camp. “Oh, there are so many sides of me you’ve never seen.”

“Also creepy.” Mandy stops and untangles her arm. “Come on, Amy. Are you like trying to trigger me? What do you mean about other sides? My sister had a boyfriend who talked like that and she ended up in the hospital one night. Now I know you’re not—”

“No no. I’m sorry.” Amy holds up her hands, innocence on her face. “I was just making a few jokes and ehh. No, I hear how bad that sounds.” Amy stops, at a loss. “I suppose, in all fairness, it’s time. I should tell you of my secret past.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

12 – Too Freaky

Triquet has now stacked and organized the entirety of the first three belowdecks rooms. That’s not to say that every artifact has been studied. Things have just been identified and put together with other similar objects. It’s quite a lot of material. To anyone less obsessed with memorabilia than Triquet, it would be entirely overwhelming. To the young archaeologist, it is an endless journey of thrilling discoveries.

The most inane thing can set them off: a mattress tag that lists formaldehyde as an ingredient; a dead mouse at the bottom of a mayonnaise jar; a deck of cards with the Queen of Hearts missing. Each artifact could exist nowhere in the world except here, in this time and place. That is what makes them precious. Invaluable, in fact. Triquet makes copious notes, writing with a Parker ballpoint pen on a moleskine pad. These items had been a graduation gift from their grandfather when they got their first Masters. Now it is as if their classic notetaking implements have fallen back in time to rejoin their contemporaries.

Triquet, alone belowdecks among the crew bunks in their pink satin vest, holds up their shiny blue ballpoint pen. “Hello, 1952,” they squeak in a pen-voice. “So nice to make your acquaintance.” The pen executes a formal bow. “Does anyone have a turntable for swinging tunes? Perhaps some Perry Como?”

“Why, Penny,” Triquet answers the pen in a deep announcer voice, “that’s a fantastic idea.” They open their music app and a folder containing every available Perry Como song. They select one of their early favorites and let the ethereal back-up voices fill the echoing metal capsule:

They were standing in a crowded station,
So unaware, of all the people there!
I didn’t mean to hear their conversation,
But anyone could tell, It was their last farewell!

Good-bye Sue… All the best of luck to you!
You’ve been my only gal, What’s more, my best pal…!

Triquet sings along, lifting a rotting Eisenhower jacket and slow-dancing with it for a moment before carefully folding it again. Ah, the past. The golden past, with none of the troubles of today. It’s always hard for Triquet to stay in the present and they rarely think of any future beyond their next dig. But the glorious past, already decided and locked in time, spreading in all directions behind them like a scintillating peacock tail while they trudge forward into the unknown… the past is their home. All the bright shining lights of antiquity lie scattered about Triquet, ripe for study.

“Allow me to worship my icons, O Lord.” Triquet finds a box of mysterious long glass cylinders with filaments, like early versions of fluorescent tubes. Divining what they are will require a fair bit of research. They hold up a thick manila folder, reading the name off the label, “Ingles, Philip John. Ooo, Air Force Colonel. Big boss man.” Opening the cover reveals a wallet-size black-and-white studio photo of the colonel in uniform. It is the same portly, balding man who presided over the group photo. “Bonanza!” Triquet sits, leafing through the pages.

They are dated in backward chronological order, the earliest records at the end. Triquet gently lifts the crackling corner to peer at the first one. December 15th, 1952. It is a hand-written note that instructs the reader to hand over to Colonel Ingles the codes followed by the cryptic phrase Foxtrot Avenue. The signature is an illegible scrawl. Triquet giggles. “Oh, I love the spooks and their games.”

Most of the papers are brief correspondences concerning orders of fuels and supplies, which seemed to take up most of Colonel Ingles’ executive time on the island. He expended quite a bit of effort to try to get the Air Force to give them a steadily-replenished library, to uncertain success. And he had a constant number of discipline reports in the… Triquet checks the top page, it’s from 1962… so ten full years that Ingles ruled here like a king. Triquet whistles. It’s a lot of discipline reports. One name finds its way into more reports than any others: Lieutenant Clifton M. DeVry. He eventually got brought up on insubordination charges and was shipped off the island in 1956.

The next letter is a handwritten note, also from 1956. Apart from the date, it only says:

Philly,

On my way! Hugs and kisses.

MCD

MCD? Maureen Christian Dowerd? His wife? Then why didn’t she take his name? And why isn’t she in any of the photos? This was the 1950s and irregularities like these were far more significant. Triquet pages forward through 1957 and 1958 but finds no further mention of her. Just more fuel, books, and discipline problems.

“This is the guy…” Triquet realizes, “who buried the sub. Was it his idea?” But none of these papers make any mention of it.

Near the end of the record, in 1961, a stained telegram from Duluth, Minnesota, directs Colonel Ingles to ‘send her personal effects to this address.’ It is signed Penelope Archen Stoltz. So Maureen from Minnesota is dead by now and her family want her things. Triquet itches to get their hands on the official records of Duluth from 1956 but they’ll have to wait until they get back home to do that. What a mystery! What killed her? Why did she remain buried here if her family asked for her things?

Triquet resolves once again to conduct an autopsy.

Ξ

Miriam stands at the edge of the waterfall pool, watching the torrent, which has eased since she first checked on it after the storm. It is no longer threatening to kill her. The water has cleared and is less turbid now, and fewer wood fragments are dropping down from on-high.

She can’t see the dark vertical ovoid openings behind the falls any more. The cascades no longer separate from the cliff wall. They have mostly resumed their former less-thunderous route, framed on both sides by thick vegetation and not the lovely slick bare stone that had been revealed beneath.

Now how will she get to it? Erosion has opened up who knows what kind of fantastical caverns behind that waterfall. And it is all hers for the discovering if she can just figure out how to bypass the water. Deflect it somehow? Let’s see. At this moment it’s dropping, say, a hundred liters per second? Maybe less. Each liter of water weighs a kilo, traveling near terminal velocity. So it’s like having a heavy man fall on you traveling two hundred kilometers per hour. No, she doesn’t have anything that can withstand those forces, regardless of how many branches Pradeep lashes together.

“Well this is intolerable.” Miriam scuffs her boot against the mud beneath it. It can’t all be soil here, can it? She uses the blade of her shovel to hack away the crowding undergrowth. The earth is soft, the detritus from the waterfall that has collected over the ages to a great depth. She won’t find any stone here at all.

“Well… How close can I get?” Miriam edges toward the cascade, trying to find a providential place where the soil fades and the rock rises and the water above won’t kill her. She forces herself deeper into the brush, using her frustration to force her forward and down. Her old knees creak under the greenery. And her left wrist is bothering her these days. Careful how you crawl, old lass.

Miriam looks up from the dead leaves and mud. The bracken forms a low vault over her head. A narrow tunnel disappears into the gloom, curving away to the left. But it terminates to her right, overlooking the pool through a screen of branches. “But Amy said there’s no game trails here.” Yet this is obviously the nest of some animal. What’s more, a small hollow has been dug and lined with grass near the water’s edge. Like a rabbit’s den. Or that of a fox…

Ξ

Jay can’t stay horizontal any more. He’s losing his mind. So he’s up and hobbling around camp, picking up dirty dishes from the tables and bringing them to the kitchen inside the bunker for a wash. He should cook. He loves to cook. And by the time he gets everything prepped, moving slow as he is, he’ll definitely be hungry.

He makes a pancake batter, adding a dried blueberry trail mix with walnuts and sunflower seeds. They only have vegetable oil to fry them in. No butter or maple syrup, though Jay has noticed how fast Flavia is inhaling their supply of Nutella. Well, he’ll just put out a nice little spread here with a fat stack of cakes and a little bit of the Nutella on the side for whoever wants it.

Mixing is a bitch with a broken hand. He leans his body against the wall, the bowl braced between his leg and the concrete, to stir with his off-hand. He’s probably making too much. He didn’t even ask if anyone else is hungry. But nah. Everybody loves pancakes. Miriam appears in the bunker’s door, headed toward him. “There she is. Miriam will eat some, won’t she?”

“Biscuits? Yes, Jay, I’d love some. Hadn’t realized how hungry I was. Sure you’re okay to cook there?”

“I have to do something. Or I will explode. But it isn’t biscuits. Just pancakes if that’s okay.”

But she’s hardly listening. Miriam still looks outside, where the gray daylight glows softly in the doorway. “It’s a shame about your mobility. I just found the cutest little nest in the bushes.”

Jay stops mixing and looks at her. “What kind of nest? Where?”

“Right by the pool. Under the thorn bushes and everything. You and Amy think there’s a fox?”

“You found the fox nest? Oh hells yeah.” Jay turns off the burner he had already turned on. He bangs down the bowl on the counter and hops urgently toward the door. “Show me.”

“Oh, dear. I shouldn’t have said anything. Let’s wait until you can walk at least.”

“No way, lady. I can crawl if I have to. I got to see.”

Ξ

For the first time, Esquibel feels properly set up. What is this, the tenth day? Eleventh? Sitting in the clean room, she pages through the journal she’s been writing in. Diary-keeping is essential for a doctor on a solo tour like this. So the eleventh. She always had to keep her own schedule when she was aboard ships. It’s easy when you’re busy for the days to blur together. But there is something dreamy and timeless about this island that has a similar effect. It’s all so very pleasant. Cold and wet at times, yes, but no malaria mosquitos or stifling humidity or clouds of black flies. She might even go sit on the beach in the spot she had installed Maahjabeen the day before and read a book on her phone. Something trashy.

As she walks across the sand though she already starts to feel restless. Is this it, then? All she has to do is keep an eye on Jay and Maahjabeen and Alonso and the rest of her time is her own? On a ship she would have constant complaints and injuries. Her ward would usually be full and her corpsmen and nurses worked to exhaustion. But eleven people don’t really require a full clinic. They hardly require a doctor. Although these eleven seem to be particularly good at harming themselves.

She scrambles over the gigantic fallen redwood and drops down the other side. Esquibel realizes she will have to start a hobby, some useful way to spend her time here. “Ehh, that is always the issue, isn’t it?” She knows she is a fine doctor and a good person, but she also knows that she doesn’t have much of a personality outside of her work. She has thrown herself into medicine over the last ten years. It has left little to no time for anything—or anyone—else. Should that be her hobby? Mandy? She could devote herself to the lovely girl and they could live out their dreams…

Well, yes. But that would hardly require hours of her day. She can’t just stare at Mandy all the time. It would be unnerving. And such behavior is beneath her. Esquibel has her pride, after all.

So, okay. A little bit of time with Mandy. Maybe they can improve their cell in the bunker and their platform in camp, make it more like a tiny house. That would be dear. But what else? There must be something she can learn to do here on Lisica to finally explore parts of herself that remain undeveloped. She could assist Triquet with their efforts. No. She has no curiosity for the litter of dead Americans. Perhaps she can dig trenches for Miriam. Well, if her hip lets her. It still tightens up from time to time. She should see if Mandy would pry the scar tissue apart again tonight.

She can’t think of anything Alonso or Flavia or Jay might teach her that she cares about. What about Katrina? Maybe she could learn how to DJ? Ha. Now that’s a funny idea.

But for some reason it’s the only one that sticks.

At the beach, her attention is drawn to something white with a broken edge floating in the water. Esquibel forgets her plans of leisure and wades into the cold water to retrieve it.

Ξ

“No, I’m okay. I’m okay. I just get excited.” Amy tries to get Jay back in his chair, but instead he hops on his good foot and winces in agony. “Oh, please don’t make me sit again. Going crazy, yo. I’ll sit when I’m old.”

“Indeed,” Alonso agrees, “you will.”

“But wait! Miriam didn’t stick around for the full forensic exam. There wasn’t really enough room in there for two. Oh, it’s a puzzle, that’s for sure.” This isn’t a full meeting. Mandy and Pradeep are nowhere to be seen. Esquibel is down at the beach. Flavia sits on her own platform, frowning at her laptop.

“Puzzle?” Miriam pours glasses of wine and hands them out. “In what way? Is it not a fox nest?”

“Well…” Jay draws long gray fibers from his pocket and holds them up in the fluttering wind. “If further examination confirms these are fox, then yes. But that wasn’t the only hair I found there. I also found these.” Jay holds up a clutch of long curly golden hairs.

Amy holds her hand out. “Let me see.” Jay passes the tangle of hairs to her. She gets out her phone and takes a picture, then magnifies the image. “Huh.” Amy inspects the hairs more closely. “I can’t think of a single animal that might reasonably be here with this kind of hair. I mean, a golden doodle dog? A Mongolian yak? Some kind of mountain goat or sheep variant would be my best guess here.” She passes the hairs to Alonso.

“Yeah, that’s what I was thinking too.” Jay places a broken stick with a sharpened end on the table. “Until I found that.”

Miriam picks up the narrow stick. Its end has been planed into something like a pencil’s point. “Tool-using foxes?”

“Oh my god, the island is inhabited?” Amy covers her mouth.

Alonso, holding up the hairs, slaps his forehead and cries out. “Yes! Ai mi. I have seen one. I keep forgetting. With everything that has happened and hitting my head. Yes! This is exactly it! The child had this hair.” He holds up the blond curls.

“A child?” Miriam turns to him. “What are you talking about? You saw a child here? When were you going to tell us?” But her eyes are worried. Is this Alonso’s sanity showing signs of cracking? She glances at Amy, who is at a complete loss.

“When did you see a child?” Amy asks.

“I keep forgetting then remembering again. That night when I fell in the dark. I was very drunk. But I was sure I had seen her. Or him. Little person in the shadows, only maybe ten meters away. Didn’t see me. Long curly hair and a little face. They were very real. I heard them as they stepped. I swear to you.”

“Wow.” Triquet slowly absorbs these revelations. Now a number of things start to make sense. “This is a very important piece. A very important piece indeed.” It somehow fits in what they have been studying but they still can’t divine how. How did this lead to an entire sub getting buried at the base? One of the charges that had gotten Lieutenant DeVry in trouble again and again was fraternization. When they’d first read it, Triquet had skipped over the detail, assuming it was with some enlisted man or something, but now it begs the question—fraternizing with whom? Could DeVry not keep his hands off the natives?

Triquet opens their mouth to say as much but they’re interrupted by Esquibel, walking toward them from the beach holding a white triangle with broken edges. “Look. I found this. Floating in the lagoon. Is it what I think it is?” A row of black numerals run along its edge, a second row in dense Chinese characters.

Triquet is up and at her side in a flash. They handle the piece with care.“My my my. Will you look at that. It’s the wreckage of a plane, like a fragment of its wing. See?”

Esquibel asks, “Anyone read… what is that? Mandarin?”

“Mandy?” Amy asks. “Where is she?”

“No,” Esquibel says. “She never learned it.”

“Katrina?” Alonso asks, craning his neck. “I bet you know.”

She sits behind him on her platform but has pink headphones on, grooving to a beat while she fills in an intricate flower drawing in a coloring book. She looks up and removes her headphones. “Why is everyone looking at me? Oh. What’s that?”

Triquet crosses the sand to her and shows her the wing fragment and its Chinese characters. “How’s your Zhōngwén?”

“Yeh. I did study Chinese a bit for some intelligence analysis work I did a few years ago. Let’s see…” Katrina frowns at a cluster of symbols. “I think this part says directorate or ministry.”

“A few years ago?” Triquet deadpans. “When you were sixteen?”

“Seventeen. ASIS wouldn’t give me classified access until after my birthday. I mean, I was still a minor. So stupid.”

“Ministry of what though?” Triquet examines the characters. They are right at the edge, further characters shorn away. With a careful pinch, they peel back the white laminar to examine the composite substrate. “This looks like carbon fiber here. Oh shit. And now…” Triquet hastily puts the wing fragment down on the ground at their feet, “…I’m fairly certain we shouldn’t be handling that with bare hands because that is a Chinese military component and they have been widely known to use toxic jet fuels among other deadly materials. Gah. Doctor Daine, you and I need to get clean real quick. Uh… Uh… Uh… What do you got?”

“Yes. Alcohol wipes. Peroxide. I’ll get them. Right away.”

“Isn’t peroxide one of the fuels they use?” Miriam asks. “But like a toxic version? Is it even safe to mix them?”

Triquet shrugs, alarmed. “You think I know? This isn’t my area of interest at all. I just read stories of Chinese rockets falling on villages and giving everyone blood cancer or something. Ahh! Hurry, Esquibel!” Triquet holds their hands away from their body and jumps up and down in distress.

“So what happened here?” Alonso shakes his head in worry. “Did this float here all the way from China? Somehow I doubt it. So what then? Chinese military plane flying across the Pacific got hit by the storm?”

“What was it even doing here?” Amy wonders. “I mean, there’s nothing here and this is way outside of China’s reach.”

“There’s nowhere,” Esquibel says, returning with a satchel filled with bottles, “outside of China’s reach. Believe me. I have been all over the world and they are everywhere. Hands.”

Triquet holds out their hands. Esquibel puts a small bucket beneath before pouring liquid soap on them. “Any reactions?”

“Just psychosomatic ones. Pretty sure I have like face tumors now. How about you? Did you only touch it with your hands?”

“I am not sure. I had to get into the water to fish it out. Above my knee. I think it bumped into me there. But I didn’t think it could be dangerous since it spent so long in the ocean.”

“You’re probably right. But I’d still wash that leg.”

Esquibel nods. She turns to the person beside her. “Amy, could you please remove my pants?”

“Oh, uh, sure.” Amy tries to emulate the doctor’s business-like approach to bodies and nudity. She fumbles at the buckle below Esquibel’s navel, then unzips them and drags them over the tall woman’s hips and rump. “Maybe wash both your legs to be sure.”

“Would you please?” Esquibel asks, mouth pressed into a thin line. How could she have been so stupid to expose herself to toxins like this? She needed a bloody archaeologist to remind her of it. Unaware of Amy’s fluttering heart as she wipes down the long smooth muscles of Esquibel’s legs, the Doctor instead worries that everyone thinks she’s an idiot. She doesn’t realize she’s been upstaged by the sight of her graceful long legs and smooth skin. They draw all the attention and conversation awkwardly stops.

“There, Esquibel.” Amy stands, disposing of a wad of wipes. “Now you should survive.”

“Whew. I think Amy needs a cigarette,” Katrina jokes. They all laugh, breaking the tension. Esquibel laughs too but her head still rings with recriminations and she doesn’t catch the joke. She just assumes they’re all laughing at her.

“Oh, um, Amy, I think I got it on my legs too…” Triquet strikes a pose and sighs and they all laugh again.

Now Esquibel gets it. She blushes and hastily pulls her pants back up. They aren’t laughing at her. They’re objectifying her. “Thank you. That should be sufficient,” Esquibel informs them in her most prim voice. “I’ll do some research on possible exposures and see if I have anything to counteract them. I’m not sure I do, especially if we inhaled anything.”

“But it doesn’t answer,” Miriam says, “any of our questions. Why were the Chinese even here? On their way to spy on Canada?”

“Or were they coming to Lisica?” Triquet shivers. “I sincerely hope not. I only like the spooky stuff when all the spooks are dead and gone. I don’t need to actually live through any of it.”

Jay shakes his head in confusion. “So you think the Chinese were coming here and got caught in the storm and… and what? The plane crashed and they all died?”

“It’s true,” Alonso says. “We don’t know if anyone survived.”

They all think about what that means, about the other bunker on the other beach, about the forested interior peopled by mysterious natives with curly golden hair.

Alonso chuckles, fatalistic. Life is the strangest thing. There is no anticipating what surprise might come next. “Well. I guess we will have to add more plates to the supper table. Things are about to get a lot more crowded around here.”

Ξ

Pradeep leads Mandy by the hand out of camp and into a tiny nook on the far side of Tenure Grove, where narrow arms of the cliff drop down on one side and the other to enclose this small hidden glade.

Mandy hasn’t held hands with a boy since her cousin Albert walked her to her car at Aunty Carol’s funeral. Male hands are so big, like cartoonishly-large. And Pradeep’s slender fingers are twice as long as hers, carefully cradling her entire palm. She doesn’t like being reminded how much bigger and stronger most men are. Their very existence is an implied threat. Fortunately the three men on this island have been gentle. She loves that they were seemingly able to leave toxic masculinity behind. Mandy can’t remember the last time she was able to live a daily life without it.

But the going is rocky and rooty through the understory and everyone has already watched Mandy trip over one thing or another so she’s grateful for his hand. She wonders what kind of weird fungus or bizarre mating habit of ant species he wants to show her. But she doesn’t need to ask. She’s not a child.

Pradeep halts her at the mouth of the nook. The space within is only as wide as a house, with small shrubs and stunted trees that probably don’t get enough sun, hidden by the tall cliffs almost into an enclosure. Pradeep looks at Mandy with a smile of expectation. He feels so bad for the poor atmospheric scientist, cut off from nearly all her observations. Well, here is a special one for her.

She gives him a side-eyed glance. “What am I looking at?”

“You will need to wait a moment. For the wind to pick up.”

“It’s pretty here. Like a little secret spot.”

“Yes, you wouldn’t believe the interactions among the ground-dwelling arthropods in the leaf litter. I think it’s a full ground war, with at least five fronts and… There. The wind.”

A gust flutters her long hair and rustles the dead branches on the floor of the nook. Then a longer sustained wind shudders past her and swirls into it, lifting redwood duff and dried maple leaves from the forest floor and spinning them in a modest twister.

Mandy cries out with childlike joy and claps her hands. “Oh, oh do it again! That’s brilliant! You’re saying it keeps happening?”

“For at least the last hour. Quite a strong effect. Like surprisingly strong. I was thinking this is how we could get Jay up the cliff. Sit him in a little sort of whirly gig during the next storm. It would spin him right up to the top!”

She giggles and leans gratefully against Pradeep, squeezing his arm, the way she would with any of her girlfriends who had just brought her a gift. He stiffens, unused to intimate contact like this, his smile frozen on his face.

Mandy playfully pushes on Pradeep’s shoulder. “Oh, babe, don’t worry. I’m not into guys. You’re safe with me. But thank you so much! This is so awesome! My god, I can actually run some kind of interesting experiments in here. Does it only occur with a westerly wind? Are there local temperature factors? There must be. So what conditions need to line up for the phenomenon to occur?”

Pradeep shrugs, knowing it’s a rhetorical question. Mandy’s hair still brushes against his shoulder. It is too soft for words. But her proximity keeps him as still as a mouse. He doesn’t mean for human contact to turn him into a frightened prey animal. It just does. And at this point in his life, the old habits are just easier than the new pitfalls of engagement. He withdraws, edging toward the nook. “Would it spoil your observations if I continued my work?”

“In there? Maybe. But I mean, go ahead. This is your lab first. I just got here. And sorry. I didn’t mean to suggest you were coming onto me. I just wanted you to know I wasn’t. Onto you, that is.”

Pradeep nods, pained anxiety clearly showing on his face. Mandy feels a stab of sympathy and has to suppress the urge to give the poor guy a hug. Wow. Who hurt you, bro? We are all dealing with our own ish for sure.

The wind is still whirling, the threads of redwood bark and chips rising and falling in the column according to complex dynamics. He unslings his backpack and crawls forward, following an arc of lined-up pine needles that curve across the ground where the flood waters left them. Black flies and white gnats buzz above these collections of organic matter. Pradeep pries one lump apart with tweezers. He is on the lookout, as always now, for species symbiosis and interactions with their environments. He wants to be able to show Alonso some real knockout examples, really vindicate Plexity for the old data scientist. Hah. Here he goes again… Pradeep realizes he is making of Alonso a father figure, as he has done with mentors many times throughout his academic career.

The thing is, he comes from a family with a strong patriarch: his uncle. The old immigrant works very hard and his many nieces and nephews always come to him with their achievements, to show him that his work is meaningful, that all those pizzas that had put them through college would secure his retirement with a nice duplex or condo in the suburbs outside St. Louis. That is the plan.

But these expressions of filial duty make Pradeep a model student and one whom mentors gladly pick up. Reflexively, he is always trying to please them, to prove that their efforts on his behalf matter. It turns out, people really appreciate that care. It’s part of what allows Pradeep to be such a success in this cutthroat field. His ardent desire to please authority figures, whether they deserve it or not. Pradeep sighs with pleasure, finding an owl’s pellets bound up in the pine needles. He inspects it with the USB microscope attached to his phone. Microbes are already feeding on the small amounts of undigested animal matter that isn’t hair and bone. Wonderful. He scrapes a sample into a capsule and snaps it shut.

A stronger wind blasts the nook, the air pressure fluttering so much Mandy’s ears pop. Pradeep is nearly knocked off his knees. A long branch is picked up into the cyclone and sent skyward.

“Look out!” Mandy hauls Pradeep out of the way as the branch returns with a growing rush to earth. He falls back against her and they crash against the ground.

His weight crushes her ribs. She worries that the branch fell across his legs and hurt him. His hair smells of some spicy male shampoo. That’s the thing about men. She just doesn’t like how they smell. She never has. But girls smell like her favorite dessert. It’s how she knew she was gay, from the earliest moments. She just couldn’t imagine getting closer to that musky male scent.

Pradeep rolls away, worried that he’s hurt the poor girl. He holds up a hand in apology and she does the same thing. “Thank you.”

“Are you okay?”

“Yes. Did I hurt you?”

“No. I’m fine. But it didn’t fall on you?”

“No. You saved me.”

She holds out her hands for help up. He hesitates for only a fraction of a second before he favors her with another brilliant anxious smile and pulls her back to her feet.

More wind whips into the nook, sending large branches skyward. It’s like a fireworks show, just for the two of them. They retreat to safety so they can watch it together.

It is so magical that Pradeep doesn’t realize he’s been holding Mandy’s hand again until the wind fades and it is time to go.

Ξ

“Water.”

Flavia looks up from her screen. She sits in her little private cell, up to her neck in coding. Did somebody say something?

“Water. Please.”

Ah! It’s Maahjabeen, in a cot in the cell beside hers. Flavia curses softly at herself for her thoughtlessness and pushes the laptop away. She finds a bottle in the kitchen and fills it from their freshwater bucket. She taps on Maahjabeen’s door.

The Tunisian woman is on her side, face clenched, breath ragged. Is she asleep? She doesn’t appear to realize she spoke aloud. But she still must need water if she’s dreaming about it. Flavia puts a gentle hand on Maahjabeen’s arm, recalling how much Alonso bellowed when she touched him.

Maahjabeen groans, a scratchy sound, and rolls onto her back. She unsticks her eyes and looks at Flavia without recognition.

“I brought water.”

Maahjabeen nods, her restless disjointed dreams fading, and tries to lift an arm. Her shoulder creaks but allows it. Progress. She grasps the cool bottle and holds it against the side of her face.

“How are you? How is your back?” Flavia strokes Maahjabeen’s thick black curls, visible at the edge of her headscarf.

“Mm. Better. Thank you.” Maahjabeen twists the top off and sucks water out like it’s a baby bottle. “Get so thirsty. And then my muscles lock up again.”

“Drink it all.”

Maahjabeen does so.

“There there. Let’s make sure you don’t waste away.” Flavia mothers her, tucking her bag under her chin. “More water?”

Maahjabeen looks at her with gratitude. “Soon.”

“Us Mediterranean ladies must stick together, eh?” Flavia grabs Maahjabeen’s big toe through the bag and shakes it. “I have been to Tunisia one time. I loved it.”

“You’ve been to Tunisia?”

“Oh, yes. Very beautiful. My uncle was in the Italian Corpo delle Capitanerie di Porto, eh… captain of ports, out of Genoa…”

“Coast guard.”

“Exactly. He was in the Coast Guard and he would take us out sailing all over every summer. He loved Greece best so we sailed the islands most summers but once we went to Tunisia. Something about it… Felt so glamorous.”

“Glamorous? Ha. You must not have left the tourist beaches.”

“No. I think we probably lived onboard his boat in the marina. That’s what we always did. But one day we were in a small town but they had a big square and there was a wedding. Like a wedding procession through the town. And everyone was dressed—”

“Ah, yes. Silver thread and satin as far as the eye can see.”

“And I was like twelve! The bride, she had a headpiece made of gold coins. And the men were so handsome.”

“Ha. That is a perfect description of them. The men of my country do all they can to make themselves handsome to twelve year old girls. Now so much of my dating life makes sense.”

“You should try Italian men. They only think the whole world revolves around them. Their mamas spoil them so much growing up they are just impossible. But there was fantastic fruit in Tunisia. I remember. Sweet. It just really seemed, like, a land of plenty.”

“It could be.” Maahjabeen sits up with a sigh. “It certainly could be. And it definitely has some bright spots. I guess I will return someday and spend the rest of my life there. It will always be home and I miss it so much. But as you can maybe hear in my words, I am not ready yet.”

“Eh, Maahjabeen. What are you doing?”

“I am seeing if I can stand.”

“Let me help.”

Maahjabeen groans as she straightens for the first time in a day. Her shoulders settle and ribs adjust and spine relaxes. She takes the deep breath Mandy begged of her so long ago, then rocks her hips a bit. “Eh. Still very sore. But it is good to be young and fit, no? I will be better. But I have to move. Will you move with me?”

Flavia laughs. “Sure. I should definitely move too. I haven’t been anywhere except my keyboard all morning.”

“Help me down into the sub.”

Flavia blinks at Maahjabeen, who finds her shoes beneath the cot and struggles to put them on. Flavia kneels down to help with the elastic straps and zip cords. “The sub? Don’t you want a nice walk on the beach or something?”

“My body has been all locked up but my mind hasn’t. And I’ve been thinking. Nothing else to do. And I remembered something that was really important a few days ago. Then Triquet got all caught up in their US Air Force murder mystery drama and we’ve all forgotten about the fact that fresh air still regularly flows through the sub. Nobody is even looking for the source of the air anymore. Let’s do it.”

“Do it now? Just the two of us? One who is like broken and the other who is like the least physically competent person on the island? Shouldn’t we wait for, I don’t know, Esquibel or Triquet?”

Maahjabeen takes a jacket from the corner. She thinks it belongs to Pradeep. He probably won’t mind. She shrugs, restless. “We can always stop if things become a challenge. But it is just the stairs. I might have trouble though so if you could help me…”

Maahjabeen leads Flavia out the cell and to the stairs headed down. With a sigh, feeling thoroughly unqualified to lead an expedition of this scale, she gathers her courage and with a grip on Maahjabeen’s elbow helps her descend slowly into the sub.

It’s changed so much since she’s been here last. Triquet really has a sense of design (if it wasn’t obvious from their fabulous wardrobe) and each room is now tastefully decorated with items from the past, bringing each chamber back to life. The bright work lights help immensely as well. It’s nearly like stepping back in time.

“Nicer down here than the bunker upstairs now.” Flavia studies the giant wall map before ducking through the hatch and finding a wall in the second chamber filled with photographs and news clippings, preserved behind a thick layer of transparent plastic.

But Maahjabeen doesn’t have an eye for any of it. She is on a mission. Moving again. She is like the tin man from the Wizard of Oz. So rusty but only slowly now coming back to life. That movie helped her learn English. And it gave her very weird ideas about what to expect of Americans. Now their past is all around her, like coins from Carthage buried in the sand.

She gets to the control room and the permanently open panel leading to the belowdecks. The descent is more manageable now, with solid pieces of steel furniture stacked and braced as a fairly regular set of steps down. “This is where I need help, please.”

Flavia goes down first, standing on the desk that forms the base of the stairs. Maahjabeen sits on the edge and scoots her way down, until her stance is solid and she doesn’t have to lunge forward too far. They carefully find their way to the deck. “Big success!” Flavia cheers Maahjabeen. “You did it!”

“Do not,” Triquet’s voice echoes through the hatch from the chamber ahead, scareme like that. Please, people!”

Flavia hurries ahead. She ducks through the far hatch to find Triquet among their collection, wearing a Renaissance-style linen tunic with laces at the neck and rolled up blousy sleeves. A velvet choker around their pale neck features a green faceted costume jewel. But the modern reading glasses on a chain nearly ruin the look. “Sorry, Doctor, I didn’t know you were down here.”

“Lost in time.” Triquet gives her a glassy stare, not truly upset, actually pleased to have the company. There are so many treasures here to share. “Look, Flavia. My whiskey collection.”

Apart from the fact that most of the containers are empty, it is an impressive assortment of bottles of all shapes and sizes, from flasks to jugs. The artwork on the old labels is really fascinating too, with Jack Daniels and Jameson and Wild Turkey the most common.

“And see. I saved one for… personal experimentation.” Triquet holds up a crate filled with three full vintage bottles of Bushmills, the amber liquid unevaporated. “We can nip one and still have two for reference if we need to run any tests. That’s ethical, right?”

Flavia chuckles. “Entirely ethical. And it is after lunch.”

Triquet uncorks the old bottle and sniffs it. “Smells like whiskey.” They take a swig. “Mm! So smooth!” Triquet wipes a drop from their chin. “I mean, maybe it’s just me with my silly expectations but this is probably like a sixty year-old bottle. Here. Try.”

Flavia toasts Triquet. “Chin chin.” She hums with pleasure. “Oh my god take this away it is so dangerous. It tastes like candy.”

“Irish whiskey candy. I know what business I’m starting when I get back home.” Triquet takes a longer pull. “Who is that? You brought a friend! Come on, then! It’s a drinking party!”

Maahjabeen contorts her way through the hatch and straightens. Her eyes fall on the whiskey in Triquet’s hand. “Ah. Hello.”

Triquet has the sense to cork the bottle and put it aside. They hurry forward. “It’s Maahjabeen! How are you, sweetheart? My god I didn’t think you’d have it in you to join us down here yet.”

“We have come,” Maahjabeen announces, “to finally find the source of the air.”

“The air?” Triquet shakes their head. They’ve been in too deep, every thought devoted to the piles of historical detail and data. “Ah! The air! Right! I mean, well, it must be coming from beyond the next room somehow, mustn’t it?”

Triquet leads them through the last hatch into the final chamber. Here the far hatch is welded shut, as it is with the control room’s far hatch on the floor above at the opposite end. It appears that the entirety of the sub wasn’t buried. The nose and tail were lopped off and only these major living compartments are left. Now they stand two full floors directly below the bunker’s trapdoor.

The expanded steel grates at their feet push cold air through. Then it pauses and draws the air in turn. Triquet steps back and clutches Flavia’s arm. “Oh. Right. Now I remember why I stopped looking for it,” Triquet admits. “Cause it’s too freaky.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

11 – Balm For His Soul

Alonso launches into the ballad’s second verse, his rough voice even louder. But his vocal tone begins to clear as he shakes loose his pipes. His voice is too coarse for opera, but it is very expressive.

Pradeep begins to clear the table. Mandy collects plates from Maahjabeen, Jay, and Esquibel. Miriam drags an empty cooler on wheels down to the surf, where she fills it with seawater. This is their nightly routine. She returns to the long tables and puts a few drops of concentrated biodegradable soap in the cooler’s seawater and swirls it around until it foams. Then she starts adding the dishes as they’re handed to her.

By the time Alonso has come to the ballad’s torrid conclusion, the camp is once again crumb-clean and crab-proof for the night. He lowers his cane and opens his eyes. He is breathing heavily, his heart in his throat. Flavia applauds.

And then Katrina adds her own soft synth chords to the silence and Alonso salutes her. He is done.

Katrina leans into her mic. In an imperious voice with plenty of reverb she points at Alonso and commands: “Keep singing.”

Alonso laughs. “No no. Now it is time for the young ones.”

“Bollocks, Alonso. Keep singing.”

Flavia cat-calls in support. Miriam does too.

Alonso points at his wife. “Oh, no, you don’t get a vote. You’re even more drunk than I am.”

“Sing, Zo,” Miriam fetches Katrina’s mic and brings it to his chair. “I miss your singing.”

He takes it and, after much dithering—during which Katrina gently comps chords, suggesting different keys—launches into Me importas tú by Lucho Gatica.

Miriam and Amy sway before him, in each other’s arms, trying to sing along on the chorus. Katrina picks up bits and pieces of his voice, looping it back in echoes and strange patterns that he has trouble navigating. He keeps stopping to laugh. They all do.

After his big finish, Katrina transitions into a hard house beat and Triquet grabs the mic, putting on a Dieter from Sprockets voice and banging the track like Kraftwerk. Nonsense words spill out, scatted like a horn. After bouncing around in the sand for several minutes, everyone capable of dancing finally expels the last of their manic energy and collapses. This was the release they needed after the storm and the drama and the terror.

The music slides into a soulful groove and the mic finds its way into Jay’s hands. He gets out his phone, where he’s written a list of lyrics. He might be able to make them work with this beat.

They all lie in the sand listening to him, watching the gray rolling clouds above as evening fades into night.

“One two, one two no this is not a test.

One two, one two oh shit I already messed

up, oh there I got it I’m on it again

and now we can get all the way to the end.

“One two, one two no this is not a test

It’s an island, a placewhere you can take a rest.

On one hand it’s lonely, it’s scary, it’s cold

It ain’t for the weak here, it makes fakes fold.

“But on hand two it’s really quite divine,

We got our own Napa and we even got wine,

We got the Steller sea lions and the arctic terns on back-up

And when I can dance again then you’ll really crack up.”

Jay attempts a beatboy pose in his cot but only hurts himself. He lets their acclaim for his performance give him time to recover. Then his next verses progress onto their favorite topics, and he strives to somehow encapsulate the wonder of Lisica in his rhymes.

“One two, one two no this is not a test.

One hand is cursed and the second one’s blessed.

One place is crowded and loud and deranged

The second one’s lovely and quiet and strange.

“But strange ain’t the word that means what I want.

It’s like getting a menthol when you asked for a blunt.

It’s divine here, nowhere finer, want to die here

Just wish I could say why, when the cliffs are so sheer.”

Jay shrugs. He says into the mic, “That’s all I got.”

Katrina calls out, “Oh, I recorded every bit! We got that shit locked down forever!” And she adds two more layers of bass and strings, then happily remixes his verses for the next half hour.

Her beats compel them to move. Even those who otherwise wouldn’t join in find themselves nodding along. It is such a joyful sound, demanding celebration.

In her cot, Maahjabeen taps her feet. Alonso’s hands play along with Katrina’s chords. Miriam and Esquibel spin pirouettes around each other. Even Pradeep, who hates dancing with a passion, can’t stop rocking back and forth, bodies sliding and bumping into his at sharp angles. He wants to apologize every time it happens but he knows it will only kill the mood. So he just keeps a frozen smile on his face as he nods in time—the one simple gesture that has gotten him through so many ordeals.

Triquet spins Pradeep around, their face flush with wine. Then with a yelp they stumble and crash into Pradeep’s legs. His heart twists, feeling embarrassed on their behalf, as he helps them back up. But Triquet thinks nothing of it.

“Got to start doing my dancing in gowns with a slit to the hip.” They guffaw, crossing a vertiginous threshold with these fine folks. So far none of them have given any sign that Triquet is unwelcome or disapproved of in the least. Of course, the Muslim still remains an unknown. But she isn’t actively dangerous. If she thinks Triquet is an abomination she’s keeping that opinion to herself. Triquet eases open, becoming more trusting for the first time in a good long while, setting aside the layers of armor and masks and personas that are a normal part of each day. The relief of putting down these burdens is nearly electric. And to do so with a younger man, of all people! Although Triquet is beginning to think that Pradeep might just be asexual, perhaps genderless.

But really there is no reason not to dance, and that is the kind of calculus Triquet loves to live by. In the absence of reasons not to, always dance. Always. Blanket rule. And Katrina would keep going all night if they let her. The girl is like some avatar of sound and movement. She stands on her platform, pumping her fist into the air, sucking on a lollipop.

Late at night many end up in a pile, laughing atop each other. Mandy and Esquibel braid Triquet’s green hair. Amy gives Jay a gentle massage. Miriam falls asleep curled up in Alonso’s lap. Maahjabeen snores soundly in her cot. Pradeep is nowhere to be found. Finally, Katrina’s music deflates to long droning notes and she steps from the platform, swooning. She kisses each of them on the forehead and stumbles off to the dark bushes to relieve herself. Then she drains Alonso’s forgotten glass of wine and takes herself to bed.

Ξ

The drone can be programmed to follow a pre-selected route. In the morning, Katrina leans over Pradeep’s shoulder, squinting through her hangover, and watches the footage of the first flight. “There.” She points at the closest valley. “Let’s just drop in there the first time as a kind of test run. Put the waypoints… Exactly. And there at that outcrop. Just make sure it stays above the treetops.”

“It has automatic collision-avoidance.” Pradeep charts a course along the winding course of the valley.

“Of course. But let’s not give it any ideas.”

Pradeep looks sidelong at her. “Are you one of those people who has to anthropomorphize every tool or gadget?”

Katrina pets the drone resting on the table before them. “Why not? It’s cute. In a big black menacing beetle kind of way. Carbon fiber is the weirdest stuff. It looks totally fake. But it’s just so strong. I love the stuff. Soon we’ll build everything out of it.”

“Soon? Is there some new carbon fiber revolution I’m unaware of?” Pradeep doesn’t like when people become pollyannas about the latest tech developments. These things take time. “Carbon fiber is still extremely labor intensive and expensive, is it not? Or is this some other government black lab thing I don’t know about?”

“No. But wouldn’t that be cool? Put all that DARPA money to good use for once. My idea…” Katrina declares, “is that we figure out a way to extract carbon directly from the air and water. Like a manufactured enzyme cocktail we send into the clouds as an aerosol. They break the hydrocarbon chains at the molecular level and black rain falls out of the sky. We harvest the dust. Use it as feedstock for our new carbon fiber factories. Costs plummet.”

Pradeep gives her a strange smile. This is too audacious and relies on far too many unproven assumptions and developments. “Yes, harnessing the power of markets is definitely the best way to defeat harmful pollution. And I like your idea of monetizing the feedstock and making it so important to an industry that they are incentivized to remove the carbon from the atmosphere. Having it fall as rain. Eh, I am not sure that will be the most efficient way.”

“Efficient? No. But black rain would make for a fire music video. Put me in white. Bleach my hair. Slow-mo shot of the supermodel walk toward the camera through black rain. That’s tight. Maybe I’ve got a sword. Seriously, have you been tracking the work in industrial enzymes? I swear they’re going to save us all.”

Pradeep laughs at her hectic thought process. He shakes his head in wonder. “Okay, but my money is still in mushroom remediation and green beaches. We need to get started on them now.”

She cocks her head at him. “Green beaches? What’s that about?”

Pradeep claps his hands in geeky excitement. “Oh, I love this idea! Check out Project Vesta. See, most carbon capture on the planet is done at the mineral level, with chemical reactions turning carbon into calcides, among other things, and burying them where they belong. We should talk to Miriam about this. See if she has any insights. One of the most common rocks on the planet, green olivine, happens to be super alkaline and has a wonderful ability to absorb carbonic acid and trap it forever in its…”

“Yes, the organic lattices. I’ve got a masters in crystallography. Our lab ran a similar experiment with shale. The problem is the olivine oxidizes over time and creates a silicate shell. Then it won’t absorb any more.”

“Yeah, well the clever solution there is to put the olivine grains on beaches with strong tides, so that the mechanical forces of the waves constantly polish them and keep the olivine from forming those shells. The chemicals precipitate into precursor building blocks for corals and diatoms, healing the oceans instead of destroying them. It is really an elegant solution. Only two percent of the world’s tropical beaches would need to have olivine covering them in order to remove all the excess carbon from the planet’s oceans. See? Things aren’t quite as hopeless as they seem.”

Katrina beams, imagining the entire east coast of Queensland covered in green sand and the Great Barrier Reef rescued from doom. “That’s fantastic. Why hasn’t it happened?”

“Money.”

Miriam finds them. She carries a tangle of cords and a small box. “Look. I have some extra batteries for you. If anyone is clever with a soldering iron or has any spare electronic parts lying about we can maybe extend your range.”

“Unfortunately not,” Katrina frowns. “But thanks for thinking of us. Batteries are the heaviest thing a drone can carry. So having more just dramatically reduces its flight time. There might be a way to squeeze more range out of them but I’m not sure any of us have the expertise or tools necessary to make significant changes to the drone here. They already design them for the sweet spot of weight and power.”

“There are new polymer batteries coming,” Pradeep mentions, “that might carry enough charge to be viable. And they hardly weigh more than the carbon fiber. But that’s like next year.”

“Bright days ahead.” Katrina smiles at Miriam. “And first we need to get Mandy’s weather station up there before we run this route. Did I hear you want to use the drone, Miriam, as a remote geologist tool? Fuck yeah. I should teach you how to fly it.”

“Eventually, yes. But I should get back to my own project before I get any more deeply in yours. Ah, well. Mission failed.” And with that, Miriam picks up her box and retreats to the bunker.

Pradeep finishes charting the flight-path. “I don’t think we should plan a further route than this. It will already be expending eighty-eight percent of the battery just to do that much. Explore that one side canyon to the north and come right back. Recharge the batteries and send it down the next side canyon. Repeat.”

Katrina wants to send the drone across the entire island. Maybe with the onboard camera alone and an extra battery somehow strapped to the top she could manage it. But engineering has never been her strong suit so she decides to focus on what she can achieve right now. “Yeh, we should be able to investigate a lot of what’s closest, that’s for sure. Brilliant, Pradeep. High five. Come on, up top. Now down low. Yeh, bro. This is going to kick ass.”

He sighs, nervous again from all the touching. “I hope so.”

Ξ

Another storm arrives this evening. This one is wet and warm with gentle winds. Its heavy clouds tarry over the island, sheeting it with fresh water that originally sailed up from the tropical Asian coast to deliver showers after this to Canada and the Pacific Northwest.

Mandy sets up her weather station on the beach. She comes back in thoroughly soaked. But she is pleased. There is more than enough happening on the shore to learn about this storm from here. She doesn’t miss the opportunity to have it perched on the highest cliff at all.

“Pineapple Express!” she shouts, banging Amy’s new door shut.

“Thanks I’d love some!” Jay answers from his cot.

“No, you stoner. Atmospheric river that started in the tropical West Pacific! Pretty late in the season though. That’s why it’s so warm and wet. These things literally carry a river’s worth of water across the entire ocean! We might even get some amazing electrical activity at the tail end of it. This could be another three days.”

Flavia groans. Another three days stuck in here with everyone? Ah, well. Best to shut out the outside world and dig more deeply into Plexity. She finds her headphones and puts on a saved lofi playlist to drown them out. There. Now she can focus. Flavia is getting steady streams of data now, especially from Pradeep and Miriam. She wonders how she will weave it all in with Mandy’s weather station readings but that will be a challenge for another day. Right now she is trying to create meta-values for every natural language descriptor in their notes. She uses a module from a previous project that is great at lifting keywords out and utilizing them. She will just need to adapt it to Plexity’s idiosyncratic code.

But this storm turns out to be just an echo of the great winter atmospheric rivers. Mandy shows them satellite photos of similar storms, that send preposterous white filaments like a bacterium’s proboscis all the way from Indonesia across the Pacific, deep into the North American continent.

Yet this one fades early, pushed eastward by convection behind and the rising sun before it. As the night progresses the rains fade. The day dawns crystal clear. The morning sky is so blue it is painful to behold. They all wake squinting, trying to locate sunglasses none of them usually have to wear here.

Katrina and Mandy modify the weather station on the beach and finally, after so many days of waiting, they are able to carry it aloft. From the images they had recorded during the drone’s first flight, they were able to identify a relatively flat exposed shelf near the top that faces the open ocean on three sides. Now they’ve programmed a whole script for the drone to perform.

Katrina launches the drone. Its onboard camera that Katrina follows on her display is its eyes. It really isn’t bad quality. Like a GoPro. The manual says if they forego the gimbal and cinema camera it usually carries the flight time goes from twelve to twenty-two minutes. Resolution of imagery drops and focal quality and all that. But it will lead to a lot more missions, that’s for sure.

She doesn’t drive the drone. She lets it follow its script, her thumbs hovering over the joysticks in case something goes wrong. But so far, so good. Mandy squeezes her shoulder in anticipation. “How exciting!”

“I know, right?” The drone ascends and soon hovers over the selected spot. It isn’t quite as flat as it looked on the previous video, but there are a few patches that might be suitable. Katrina takes manual control and nudges it toward the likeliest spot, where the weather station’s base will be wedged in a shallow rill. Then she lets it execute the next pre-arranged maneuver, dropping the drone three meters and lowering the noose from the gimbal, which when tilted slips free and drops the weather station ten centimeters. It lands with a rock and a tilt, nearly topples, then settles in place, canted but secure.

“Well that’s a little high. We can adjust it.” Katrina high-fives Mandy. “But success is ours! We’ll pull it down tomorrow morning and all the freshest datas will be yours.”

“I can’t wait. Thank you so much, Katrina. You’re the best.”

“Sure thing, doll. Glad to help. I’ll do anything for anyone who dances to my music.”

“Oh my god you’re such a party girl.”

They slip easily into familiar banter. Mandy realizes that Katrina might be offering the chance at making a long-term friend. She’s certainly worth pursuing. “So where do you live? Like Sydney?”

“Well. We did. But we’ve been moving around the last few years. Real estate is nuts. Honestly, I’m kind of ready to move on. Pavel said he doesn’t need me as much any more. And our mom is ready to take a turn. I’m ready to try living on my own.”

“That’s your brother? He was in the gulag with Alonso? Where would you go?”

“Well… That’s the trouble, isn’t it? I like Taiwan right now. But Oslo calls to me too. There are some interesting things happening in Israel. I don’t know. Where are you? LA?”

“Yeah, in the hills. I like it. Not the crowds and everything but it’s really nice. There’s some good people there doing good things too. Real strong institutions and just all the money in the world.” She realizes as she says these things that Mandy is listing things Katrina might not care about. “Um, there’s a real party scene too, that’s for sure. Lots of dancing. Night clubs.”

“Yeh, there’s a superfresh DJ community in East LA I’ve been following for years.” Katrina watches the drone drop down to land lightly before her with a final skitter and a cloud of sand. “I could come visit and go hit them up.”

“Ooo.” Mandy wrinkles her nose. “East LA can be rough.”

“That’s cool. I like rough.” Katrina smiles impishly and takes the drone back to camp.

Mandy follows in her wake, an intrigued look on her face, mind alive with possibilities.

Ξ

Maahjabeen sits on the beach, watching the tides. Esquibel helped her down here and dug out a very comfy seat for her in the sand and she should be fine here until high tide in another couple hours.

The orcas are gone. The rollers are back at the mouth of the lagoon, closing off access to the open ocean once more. The sea shines in the soft light like polished glass, every shade of gray.

The lagoon has been transformed since the storm. A giant log—the fallen remnant of some ancient redwood that floated in the sea for who knows how long—has foundered across the barrier rocks directly across from her. The green wreckage of the storm has collected at the log’s intersection with the water, a huge tangle of branches and leaves that she longs to clear. But otters have already begun to prowl around it. Perhaps they have found a new nest.

A clay mudslide from the point to her left now fouls the closest dark blue waters of the lagoon with a tan miasma. And there are more flies than before, suddenly appearing as if they had just been waiting in hiding for the chaos to happen. She waves them away from her face.

These are all bad signs, and point to an unpleasant season ahead. She wonders what this place is like in summer. Does it get hot? Is that when the beach will smell rotten and the flies will fill the air in intolerable black clouds?

She cranes her neck backward to study the black bulk of the dead sea lion a hundred meters away. That’s where the flies got started. They should bury the carcass before it gets too bad.

But just as she thinks that, she realizes Pradeep is at the corpse, studying it with fascination. He wields a scalpel and tweezers like a surgeon, pulling parasites from the rotten flesh. Yuck. What an odd fellow. But, eh, it takes all types. And Pradeep is definitely a type she has not seen before.

And Tunisia has every type. It’s been a crossroads of civilization since the dawn of time. They collect in the souks, the strange ones like Pradeep, and share their outcast views with the only others who will listen. In earlier times his morbid curiosities and general oddness would have probably gotten him stoned for witchcraft. But who knows? He might have managed to save himself, this one. It’s that inborn grace he has and the quick brilliant smile. Yet he is so modest about his looks. Never once has he flirted with any of them. The most excited she has seen him is when he found a flatworm attached to a maggot inside a dead fish. Now Pradeep must be in proper paradise, mucking about in the stinking innards of the sea lion. She shivers in disgust. People are so strange.

The orcas taught her the route back in and she hasn’t forgotten it. There are so many shelves under those waves there is really only one channel. The seas are so shallow that they can be exposed at low tide. But they aren’t everywhere. The orcas showed her. Their path also revealed currents she can’t see from here and a nasty rip leading to the lagoon’s mouth from the west she will have to avoid. But she thinks she can use it, under the right conditions, to get back out there. She just needs to wait for those conditions.

Maahjabeen laughs to herself. The calm before another storm? No, Allah save her, never again. Maybe if a strong south wind came in and knocked the tops of those waves down. But then she would be paddling into that strong wind, while trying to overcome what surf still remained. No… It will some day be a more complex host of variables that will finally unlock this prison again.

The ocean falls away—if the official maps that don’t even include this island can be believed—up to two kilometers to an abyssal sea floor in all directions. There are no known shelves or seamounts anywhere near here to affect the currents. These waves have been shaped by the Aleutian and Alaskan coasts a dozen degrees of latitude or more to the north, and by the forbidding Kamchatka peninsula thousands of kilometers to the west. They rolled across the great Northern Pacific expanse unchanged, bringing the shape of their last brush with land with them. This is how Polynesian wayfarers first sailed across the open Pacific over a thousand years ago. They could read in these currents and waves the interference of solid land far away. They could read the skies for coming wind and storm and follow the stars to stay on course. With her modern technical gear—half of which doesn’t even work out here because it’s off the grid—she still can’t match the ability she’s heard they possessed to read the Pacific like a book.

Well. She’s had nobody to teach her.

Maahjabeen doesn’t like to dwell on the dark moments in her life. Amal, the abusive ex-boyfriend. The big fight at her sister’s wedding. The loss of her mother. So, apart from the wonder she still feels about the orcas, she has already built a nice compartment deep in her mind for the ordeal of the storm to occupy and she will happily lock its door and throw away the key and never think about it again.

But even though that is what the emotional side of her wants to do—and is used to doing because most of the tragedies in her life had only ever had emotional components, resisting all attempts to reason or answer why such terrible things happen—there is more than heartbreak here. The night she spent in that bunker contained not only emotional damage but puzzles for her intellect. She hadn’t been able to process them at the time. She hadn’t cared about the writing on the walls or the bones she’d found or what they might mean. She was only concerned about her survival.

Now she allows herself to think of them. They gleamed, wet and blue in the stormlight. A long bone like a femur rose above the others. And two others. So three. Now with hindsight she realizes those weren’t like human femurs. They were human femurs. So that was the remains of two dead human bodies. Maahjabeen slowly shakes her head, the realization only now dawning. She’d spent the night right next to them. How disgusting. But what were they doing there? Had they been buried in there? Who were they?

Maahjabeen takes out her phone again. She scrolls through the pictures she took of the interior of the small bunker. None of the bones for some reason. She can’t remember what she was thinking when she took these shots. Probably nothing. Maybe she avoided them out of a respect for the dead. She’s always been a bit squeamish. She probably just didn’t want to look at them.

Were they the Soviets or the Japanese who had last been there? No, that made no sense. If there had still been Japanese here when the Soviets arrived, they wouldn’t have killed them and left their corpses in the only building they possessed. So these are the last Soviets? The ones who said that the bunker was a shit hole? Just a poor pair of soldiers far from home? They died of starvation maybe and the crabs ate their flesh? She shivers again. Yes, she supposes that is the most likely explanation. How disgusting. At least they were long dead. Like forty years. The bones had been picked clean.

“I will have to tell Triquet,” Maahjabeen says aloud in English. Her internal monologue is a mix of folk Tunisian, Arabic, French, and English. But she has only spoken English aloud since leaving home last year. “They will know what it means.”

But not yet. Her poor shoulders and back still need more rest. Mandy’s strong hands had torn her to pieces last night and she feels bruised and sore, but perhaps less stiff. Maahjabeen needs to shake these injuries off so she can get back on the water soon. She wants to see the orcas again.

Ξ

What Amy misses the least are crowds. She loves her solitude. And living in Monterey had just been a steadily rising tide of newcomers now for decades. All of her favorite spots have become social media discoveries, each with their own communities and updates and blog posts. If she isn’t hiking Asilomar at dawn she might as well not bother going.

It has driven her to search farther afield for weekends of quiet contemplation. Her entire life is now about identifying where the crowds are not and going there. She adores a vacuum.

Lisica is the ultimate antidote to this modern toxin. Twenty steps outside camp she might as well be the only person on the planet. After the storm, the wind has died to a murmur and it is so quiet, apart from the distant white noise of a jet flying above their protective maritime shell. Amy has transited countless times from North America to Japan and Hong Kong. How many of them had flown her over this innocuous cloud bank down here? It had certainly never occurred to her that two months of her life would be spent under its mantle.

She pushes through the wet fronds of a wide-leafed tryphylla variant at the edge of the grove, dragging their cold lines across her bare legs. But the day remains warm and they do not chill her.

Amy stops and croons in surprise. She drops to her haunches and studies a slug. It is like the banana slugs of California but this one is smaller and pinkish instead of yellow or brown. Still as long as her middle finger, its black eyes perch atop purple stalks, and a faint network of violet lines runs along its sides. How have they not seen any slugs until now? And why is it pink?

She pushes a wide fallen leaf, brown and stiff, beneath the slug and lifts it. She should show this to Pradeep before going any further. But she has already bothered him three times this morning and she can tell he needs his own break from human contact. Ah well. She puts the leaf back down. If the slug is still there when she returns then it was meant to be. If not, she’ll find another later.

She pushes through the grove’s edge shrubs of aster and mallow, which seem to have grown more thick since the last two storms have watered the island. But the waterfall is her goal. Its tenor has changed, grown louder and deeper. Amy is eager to see how much water it is evacuating from the interior of the island.

She can’t get close to where they normally stand beside the pool. The waterfall has increased dramatically in volume, and heavy spattering drops hit the vegetation beside the pool with such force numerous branches have snapped from the onslaught.

The fall is a thundering column, tinged brown with mud. It carries bracken and long dark splinters from above. Its new arc has pulled it away from the slick black wall behind it and in these gaps Amy can spy tall and narrow openings like cathedral windows, where the rock has worn away to hidden chambers behind.

“Oh, Miriam is going to lose her mind.” Amy giggles, taking pictures that can’t seem to capture the dark entrances in the black wall. As she does so, a large portion of a shattered trunk separates itself from the waterfall above and spins through the air to land with a crash in the trees on the far shore of the pool. Amy belatedly realizes how dangerous it is here. But before she retreats she takes one last picture of the transformed scene.

The pool itself foams and swirls, unrecognizable. Amy tries to conceive how she can return here with a Dyson reader and get a representative sample of this ecosystem while it is in such dramatic flux. First, she’d need some kind of shield over her head to protect her from flying debris. But even then, how could she get close enough to the waterfall to sample it before it enters the pool? Or at the exact point it enters it? Here is where Alonso’s grand vision gets rocked by reality. How will they characterize this pool when it changes so dramatically every few weeks? Ah, well. She is just a soldier in this Army. A data collector. It’s up to the smart ones to figure out what to do with it.

She retreats from the pool and follows the stream toward the lagoon. Where it normally disappears in the sand before it reaches the saltwater, it has now overtopped this subterranean tunnel and has carved a fresh channel through the beach, where it transports loads of wreckage from the island into the lagoon.

Amy spies Maahjabeen sitting in the sand halfway up the strand. She hails her. Maahjabeen turns her head, shading her eyes with a hand. Amy waves and points at the channel. “Here’s where the freshwater is pouring into the lagoon.”

Maahjabeen holds her thumb up in agreement.

“Crazy! And it’s undercutting this bank and clay is getting everywhere. Can you see that from there?”

“Yes.” Maahjabeen is not happy to have her attention pulled back from the far horizon. But she does have a favor to ask. “Amy, maybe you can help me.”

“Of course!” Amy’s first instinct is to jog over to Maahjabeen’s side to see what she may need but the scientist in her hesitates. She points at the channel once more. “I bet if we dropped down from this point to the lagoon floor we’d find the normal exit point for the stream. When it covers up with sand again and you’re better we should schedule a dive!” But Maahjabeen isn’t listening, just waiting for Amy to finish. “Oh. Sorry. What do you need?”

“I think I am ready to—”

“Amy! Amy…!” Miriam calls out from the edge of the beach. She waves at them urgently from under the trees.

“Hold on, Maahjabeen.” Amy hurries toward Miriam. “What is it, Mirrie? Everyone okay?”

“There’s openings behind the waterfall! Come see! Just as my models predicted!”

Amy starts running, eager to share this with her. “I know! I just saw them and took pictures for you! But be careful over there! I almost got brained by a falling log!”

They disappear into the greenery together.

Maahjabeen, who had raised her arms in hopes of getting Amy’s help up out her hole, has been abandoned. She hisses in pain and aggravation, her shoulders acting up again. She can’t find the leverage to get herself out of the sand. “Hello?” Maahjabeen finally sets aside her pride and calls out, realizing she is actually trapped here. “Anyone…?”

Ξ

Alonso wakes up long after everyone else. He had been sleeping and dreaming in deep comfort. He can’t remember the last time that had happened. The specifics of his last dream have already faded but he had been floating somewhere warm. In an amniotic sac, still unready to birth. But now he is awake and the fresh air against his skin is nearly unbearable. With a contented groan he scrubs his face and rolls onto his side.

“No, he’s up! It’s fine! Bring her in here!” Miriam’s voice rings in the hush like a bird call. The sound of his beloved’s voice is like a balm on Alonso’s soul. He still can’t believe he has escaped the gulag and started his life over again. Too unreal. It’s like he’s in a Borges novel jumping dimensions or something. There are literally two realities on this crazy planet. Two Alonsos.

The platform creaks. Pradeep carries Maahjabeen up the ramp and into the Love Palace like a newlywed groom with his bride. But her face is anything but pleased. She wears a silent grimace of agony. He ducks into the bedroom enclosure, grunting with effort.

“No… Take me…” Maahjabeen grates, “to my own bed. I do not need… to make a mess of—”

Miriam calls out, “Maahjabeen. Please. Mandy needs more room to work on you and you’re not going to find a more comfortable spot here than the nest of a fifty year old woman.”

Maahjabeen rolls her eyes on a stiff neck toward Alonso. “I am sorry… to disturb you. Ah!” She gasps as Pradeep gently lowers her to Miriam’s tousled blankets. Amy darts in and straightens them as Maahjabeen lies in a locked arch on her back, bent forward, legs in the air, shoulders frozen.

“Oh no.” Alonso sits up. “What happened to you?”

“We left her out there,” Esquibel calls out as she hurries from the bunker carrying supplies, “too long. The cold sand and everything. Here. Pedialyte. That is what you need first.”

“Ohh… it’s my fault,” Mandy hurries up the ramp rolling up her sleeves. “I got distracted by my work. Sorry, Maahjabeen! Now you need heat more than anything! Lots of heat!”

Amy drapes a blanket over Maahjabeen’s cramped form. “No no. I was the one who saw her last. And I just left her there. Oh, sorry!” The weight of the blanket on Maahjabeen’s locked arms makes her gasp. Amy gently pulls the blanket off and starts tucking it gently in around her torso where she can. The poor woman’s elbows are at angles to her head. Her back is locked as if she still sits in the sand. She looks like some kind of twisted crab.

Maahjabeen is panting, little ah, ah, ah gasps that match her racing heartbeat.

Mandy kneels beside her, placing calm hands on her right shoulder. “The best thing you can do right now is breathe.”

“I am breathing.” Maahjabeen blows air out her pursed lips like she’s in labor. “Are you deaf? Can’t you hear me breathe?”

“No, deep breaths. I mean, when you can. Your diaphragm is totally contracted. You’re holding on to the pain.”

“Oh, again it is my fault. Ah! What does that even mean?”

“Like this.” Mandy sits back, posture perfect, and takes a deep breath. “They had a yoga class in my high school growing up on the Big Island. I didn’t even know that was weird until I moved to the mainland. What you need to do is try to control your breath. Right now it controls you. So reach down to your toes—”

“Don’t give me this hippie nonsense! Doctor Daine! Help me!What does a medical doctor say about my—ah! My pain?”

Esquibel kneels at Maahjabeen’s feet. “Well, if you feel Mandy’s mechanical manipulations will be too much right now I can give you a muscle relaxant. Perhaps intramuscular if you want it fast.”

“Fast, yes. Fast would be good. And something for the pain.”

Esquibel shakes her head no. “No no. Not with Lorazepam. Not if we want your heart to keep beating. At least the opiates I have with me here. I’ll check in my bins if I have anything that won’t be contraindicated. But I don’t think so.”

Maahjabeen groans, stabbed by a dozen knives. “Of course not.”

Mandy still sits in her yoga pose holding Maahjabeen’s shoulder. Her patient still fights to breathe properly, the corners of her mouth pulled wide.

Esquibel pulls down the waistband of Maahjabeen’s black tights to reveal a patch of golden-brown hip. She wipes it with an alcohol pad and places the tip of the syringe on the site. “Okay. Ready? A little pinch.”

It is probably as much a placebo effect as a biochemical reaction, Esquibel estimates, but Maahjabeen instantly drops her arms a fraction of their height and her breath steadies a bit. Within a few moments she is able to lower her head onto the pillows and release her neck. Her back begins to bend. She shivers.

“More blankets!” Amy leans in, covering Maahjabeen with Miriam’s sleeping bag. She tenderly tucks the thick black curls back under the headscarf framing the young woman’s face.

Now Mandy starts to gently move her hands on Maahjabeen’s shoulder and she sighs, settling back, easing into the bed. Her eyelids flutter and then close. But her breath keeps catching, and even though progress is slow, the women tending her are patient.

Alonso watches it all, on his side. At first their urgency had upset him and Maahjabeen’s pain had only reminded him of his own. But the ministrations of the others have soothed him as much as Maahjabeen. This here is the ultimate remedy to the visions of torture that still dance in his head. Nothing could be more opposite than these gentle and kind women setting aside their own days to provide comfort to one of their own.

Here is another balm for his soul.